Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Insurance - Specialty / Everest Re Group / FY2009 Annual Report

Everest Re Group
Annual Report 2009

RE · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker RE
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Insurance - Specialty
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2009 Annual Report · Everest Re Group
Loading PDF…
R.E.A. HOLDINGS PLC - ANNUAL REPORT
2 0 0 9

Secretary and registered office
R.E.A. Services Limited
First Floor 
32-36 Great Portland Street
London W1W 8QX

Website
www.rea.co.uk

Registered number
00671099 (England and Wales)

Contents

Officers and professional advisers

Maps showing plantation areas

Summary of results

Key statistics

Chairman’s statement

Review of the group

Directors

Directors’ report

Corporate governance

Directors’ remuneration report

Directors’ responsibilities

Directors’ confirmation

Auditors’ report (group)

Consolidated income statement

Consolidated balance sheet

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

Consolidated cash flow statement

Accounting policies (group)

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Auditors’ report (company)

Company balance sheet

Movement in total shareholders’ funds

Statement of total recognised gains and losses

Accounting policies (company)

Notes to the company financial statements

Notice of annual general meeting

2

3

4

5

7

15

51

53

60

66

71

72

73

75

76

77

77

78

79

85

109

111

112

112

113

114

121

1

Officers and professional advisers

Solicitors
Ashurst LLP
Broadwalk House
5 Appold Street
London EC2A 2HA

Auditors
Deloitte LLP
2 New Street Square
London EC4A 3BZ

Registrars and transfer office
Capita Registrars
Northern House
Woodsome Park
Fenay Bridge
Huddersfield
West Yorkshire HD8 0GA

Directors
R M Robinow
J C Oakley
D J Blackett
J M Green-Armytage
J R M Keatley
D H R Killick
L E C Letts
C L Lim

Secretary and registered office
R.E.A. Services Limited
First Floor 
32-36 Great Portland Street
London W1W 8QX

Financial advisers
Deloitte LLP
2 New Street Square
London EC4A 3BZ

Stockbrokers
Mirabaud Securities LLP
21 St James’s Square
London SW1Y 4JP

2

Maps showing plantation areas

3

Summary of results

for the year ended 31 December 2009

Revenue

2009
$’000

2008
$’000

Change
%

78,885

79,630

- 1  

Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation and biological gain 1

41,290

45,700

- 10  

Profit before tax

Profit for the year

41,717

36,309

+ 15  

29,856

25,773

+ 16  

Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders

27,119

23,833

+ 14  

Cash generated by operations 2

38,829

50,896

- 24   

Earnings per ordinary share (diluted) in US cents

81.4

71.5

+ 14  

Dividend per ordinary share in pence 3

4.0

3.0

+ 33

Average exchange rates

2009

2008

2007

2006

2005

Indonesian rupiah to US dollar
US dollar to pound sterling

10,356
1.56

9,757
1.84

9,166
2.01

9,129
1.86

9,756
1.82

1. See note 5 to consolidated financial statements
2. See note 35 to consolidated financial statements
3. Paid in respect of the year

4

Key statistics

for the year ended 31 December 2009

Allocated area - Hectares
Mature oil palm

Immature oil palm (prior years)
Oil palm development (current year) 1

Planned oil palm development (succeeding year) 2
Reserve area 3
Reapplied for area 4
Total

2009

2008

2007

2006

2005

18,736

16,487

8,171

4,083

30,990

4,000

59,828

20,000

9,032

2,781

28,300

–

86,541

–

13,080

11,814

1,514

26,408

11,500

84,018

–

13,080

13,085

5,250

6,564

24,894

6,500

34,022

–

3,000

2,250

18,335

6,000

41,801

–

114,818

114,841

121,926

65,416

66,136

Production - Tonnes
Oil palm fresh fruit bunch crop - group

490,178

450,906

393,217

332,704

312,676

Oil palm fresh fruit bunch crop - external

13,248

6,460

2,767

1,372

679

503,426

457,366

395,984

334,076

313,355

Crude palm oil

Palm kernel

Total palm products

Oil extraction rate

Kernel extraction rate

Yields - Tonnes per mature hectare
Fresh fruit bunches

Crude palm oil

Palm kernel

Total palm products

118,357

105,597

23,740

20,846

93,229

15,660

142,097

126,443

108,889

77,597

12,698

90,295

73,262 

12,647 

85,909

23.5%

4.7%

23.1%

4.6%

23.5%

4.0%

23.2%

3.8%

23.4%

4.0%

26.2

27.3

29.6

25.5

23.8 

6.2

1.2

7.4

6.3

1.2

7.5

7.1

1.2

8.3

5.9

1.0

6.9

5.6  

1.0 

6.6

1. Includes 1,393 hectares in 2009 and 889 hectares in 2008 also included as oil palm development in the preceding year.
2. Includes 5,000 hectares in 2007 outstanding from that year’s planting programme.
3. Includes conservation areas, roads and other infrastructure and areas available for planting and under negotiation.
4.  Prior to 2009 included under reserve area.

5

Crude palm oil monthly average price

e
n
n
o
t

/
$
S
U

1400

1200

1000

800

600

400

200

0

2000

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

Share performance graph

REA Ordinary

FT All Share

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

300

200

100

0

x
e
d
n

I

6

 
 
 
Chairman’s statement 

Presentation of annual report

extension planting programme and the resultant increase

in planted hectarage during 2009.

The  “Review  of  the  group”  section  of  this  annual  report

provides  detailed 

information 

intended 

to  assist

An  apparently  marked 

increase 

in  administrative

shareholders in understanding the group's business and

expenses  from  $3.5  million  in  2008  to  $7.2  million  in

strategic  objectives.    This  “Chairman's  statement”

2009  was  almost  entirely  accounted  for  by  a  reduction

essentially represents a synopsis of the more significant

from 2008 to 2009 in net exchange gains of $2.1 million,

matters noted in that review.  

Results

a  swing  of  $1.0  million  on  movements  on  accruals  in

respect of the company's prospective liability for employer

national  insurance  contributions  on  exercise  of  a

director's  option  (which  reflected  movements  in  the

The  group  continues  to  report  in  accordance  with

market  price  of  the  company's  ordinary  shares)  and  a

International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  (“IFRS”)  and

swing  of  $0.8  million  on  movements  in  the  accrued

to  present  its  consolidated  financial  statements  in  US

liability  for  pension  funding  which  was  adjusted  during

dollars.

2009  to  reflect  the  latest  triennial  actuarial  valuation  of

the group's pension scheme. 

With  increased  sales  volumes  and  despite  lower  selling

prices,  revenue  for  2009  at  $78.9  million  was  only

At  the  after  tax  level,  profit  for  the  year  for  2009  was

marginally  below  that  of  2008  ($79.6  million).    The

$29.9  million  against  $25.8  million  in  2008  while  profit

increased  volumes  coupled  with  inflation  did,  however,

attributable  to  ordinary  shareholders  was  $27.1  million

mean,  that  cost  of  sales  for  2009  at  $34.0  million  was

against  $23.8  million.    Fully  diluted  earnings  per  share

higher  than  the  comparable  figure  for  2008  of  $27.7

amounted to US 81.4 cents (2008 - US 71.5 cents). 

million.  Other significant movements in the components

of operating profit between 2008 and 2009 comprised a

Agricultural operations

positive  swing 

in  the  aggregate 

IFRS  fair  value

adjustments  of  $18.2  million  (reflecting  gains  of  $11.3

Operational matters

million  in  2009  against  losses  of  $6.9  million  in  2008)

and an increase in administrative expenses ($7.2 million

The crop out-turn for 2009 amounted to 490,178 tonnes

in 2009 against $3.5 million in 2008).

of oil palm fresh fruit bunches (“FFB”).  This was slightly

ahead  of  the  budgeted  crop  of  486,000  tonnes  and  an

The  2009  gains  on  IFRS  fair  value  adjustments

increase  of  8.6  per  cent  on  the  FFB  crop  for  2008  of

comprised  a  gain  of  $1.5  million  on  the  revaluation  of

450,906  tonnes.    External  purchases  of  FFB  from

agricultural produce inventory and a gain of $9.8 million

smallholders  in  2009  totalled  13,248  tonnes  (2008:

on the revaluation of biological assets (2008:  losses of,

6,460 tonnes).

respectively, $4.2 million and $2.7 million).  The gain on

revaluation  of  agricultural  produce  inventory  reflected  a

Rainfall  across  the  group's  estates  averaged  3,123  mm

higher  CPO  price  at  31  December  2009  than  at  31

for 2009, compared with 3,504 mm for the previous year.

December 2008 partly offset by a reduction in inventory

During  2009,  there  was  an  extended  drier  period

volumes, while the gain on revaluation of biological assets

between  August  and  October,  probably  reflecting  the

resulted  mainly  from  the  reinstatement  of  the  group's

reported  El  Nino  effect.    Although  this  was  of  some

7

Chairman’s statement continued

concern to the group, an analysis of the rainfall received

Steps were taken during 2009 to extend the group’s use

during this drier period suggests that the rainfall was just

of natural fertilisers by the use of composted empty fruit

sufficient to avoid deficits in the moisture required by the

bunches and oil mill effluent, both being residues of the

group's  palms  for  optimal  development.    If  correct,  this

CPO production process.   The group has always recycled

would  mean  that  the  reduced  levels  of  rainfall  between

empty fruit bunches and oil mill effluent but, prior to the

August and October should not have a negative impact on

introduction  of  composting,  these  residues  were

cropping in 2010.

distributed in the oil palm areas without processing (apart

from treatment of effluent in effluent ponds to reduce its

Processing  of  the  group's  own  FFB  production  and  the

biological and chemical oxygen demand).  Under the new

externally  purchased  FFB,  together  totalling  503,426

composting process, the residues (in the case of effluent,

tonnes  (2008:  457,366  tonnes),  produced  118,357

again after treatment in effluent ponds) are delivered to a

tonnes  of  CPO  (2008:  105,957  tonnes)  and  23,740

composting contractor at sites adjacent to the group’s oil

tonnes of palm kernels (2008: 20,846 tonnes) reflecting

mills.  The contractor takes title to the residues, manages

extraction rates of 23.51 per cent for CPO (2008: 23.17

the  composting  process  (which  takes  45  days  and

per cent) and 4.72 per cent for kernels (2008: 4.56 per

involves seeding the residues with an accelerant of micro-

cent).  Production of crude palm kernel oil amounted to

organisms  (which  the  contractor  supplies),  mixing  the

9,636  tonnes  (2008:  8,190  tonnes)  representing  an

residues  and  macerating 

the  mix 

to  encourage

extraction rate of 40.04 per cent (2008: 40.11 per cent).

biodegradation)  and  then  sells  back  the  resultant

compost  to  the  group  at  an  agreed  price  with  a

Some problems were experienced during 2009 with the

guaranteed  nutrient  content.    The  composted  residues

group's  older  oil  mill.    Deterioration  in  one  of  the  two

provide  greater  substitution  for  inorganic  fertilisers  than

boilers  reduced  available  power  and  this,  combined  with

did the previous recycling of uncomposted residues and

inefficiencies  in  other  ageing  mill  machinery,  made  it

the financial effect is a reduction in cost.

difficult to operate the mill at the intended capacity of 80

tonnes  per  hour  over  any  extended  period.    Steps  have

Land allocations and development

been  taken  to  address  this  problem.    The  deteriorating

boiler  will  be  replaced  as  soon  as  possible  and  the  mill

The group made good progress with its land titling during

processing  lines  will  be  upgraded  to  provide  greater

2009  and  increased  its  overall  area  of  fully  titled

resilience.   The planned expansion of the group' second

agricultural land to 52,029 hectares.  Land allocations still

newer  mill  from  a  capacity  60  tonnes  per  hour  to  a

subject  to  titling  comprise  some  43,000  hectares.    In

capacity of 80 tonnes per hour is currently in hand.

addition,  the  group  continues  to  seek  title  to  a  20,000

hectare land area as respects which the original allocation

The upgrading of the older mill and the expansion of the

has expired.

newer  mill  should  provide  the  group  with  sufficient

capacity 

to  meet 

the  expected  FFB  processing

The process of titling land allocations may be expected to

requirements of 2010 and 2011.  By 2012 the group will

result in exclusion of areas the subject of conflicting land

require  a  third  mill.    Work  is  already  in  hand  on  the

claims and having special environmental value.  For some

planning  of  this  third  mill  and  it  is  expected  that

allocations  the  areas  to  be  excluded  may  be  quite

construction of the mill will start during 2010.

substantial.    Moreover,  not  all  of  the  areas  in  respect  of

which full titles are issued can be planted with oil palms.

8

Some  fully  titled  land  may  be  unsuitable  for  planting  or

Nevertheless, it does remain the case that achievement of

subject  to  zoning  or  similar  restrictions  (such  as  areas

this  planting  target  is  critically  dependent  upon  land

potentially available for mining), a proportion has to be set

becoming  available  for  development  as  needed.    New

aside for conservation and a further proportion is required

regulations  recently  announced  by  the  Ministry  of

for  roads,  buildings  and  other  infrastructural  facilities.

Forestry mean that planting of the planned further 8,000

This means that the prospective maximum area that the

hectares will require permits additional to those that have

group  could  plant  with  oil  palms  on  the  land  areas

already been obtained.  The directors have no reason to

currently held or earmarked by it must be expected to be

believe  that  such  permits  will  not  be  forthcoming  within

considerably  less  than  the  gross  hectarage  that  those

the time frame in which they will be needed. 

areas comprise.

Social responsibility

Following  the  onset  of  the  international  financial  crisis

and the sharp falls in commodity prices that accompanied

2009  saw  the  establishment  by  the  group  of  its  first

it, the directors decided in October 2008 to suspend all

smallholder  oil  palm  cooperative.    Out  of  an  initial  gross

new  plantation  development  until  the  world  financial

area of 1,500 hectares provided by a cooperative of three

outlook became clearer.  With the recovery in CPO prices

local villages, 1,300 hectares were cleared and a total of

seen  in  the  early  months  of  2009  and  a  seeming

770 hectares had been planted by year end.  The balance

improvement  in  the  world  economic  outlook,  it  was

of the 1,300 hectares cleared area will be planted during

decided in April 2009 to resume development.  As a result

2010. Financing for the scheme has been agreed with a

of  this  decision,  an  area  of  2,690  hectares  was  cleared

local development bank in the form of a fifteen year loan

and planted out or prepared for planting out during 2009.

secured  on  the  land  and  assets  of  the  scheme  and

guaranteed by the group.  It is expected that the loan will

Reserve  land  held  by  the  group  only  becomes  available

finance  most  of  the  initial  development  costs  of  the

for development when the titling process has proceeded

scheme but will be supplemented to the extent necessary

to a point at which the group has been granted necessary

by funds to be advanced by the group.  The group plans

development  and 

land 

clearing 

licences  and

to  initiate  further  cooperative  schemes  during  2010  on

compensation agreements have been reached with local

land  areas  totalling  4,500  hectares  provided  by

villagers who have claims in respect of their previous use

cooperatives formed by a number of other villages.  It is

of the land.  In the past, delays in making available land

intended that these schemes will be organised on a basis

areas for development have been a serious impediment to

similar to that adopted for the initial scheme.

achievement  of  target  extension  planting  programmes.

The  group  therefore  sought  during  the  period  that  the

Camera trapping and walking surveys within the group's

development  programme  was  temporarily  suspended  to

conservation  reserves  and  adjacent  estate  areas  have

take  maximum  advantage  of  the  opportunity  that  this

detected a number of orang-utans (estimated at between

afforded to improve the pipeline of land areas immediately

11 and 15).  At least two baby orang-utans are known to

available for planting.

have  been  born  on  the  conservation  reserves  during

2009. 

  The  group's  conservation  department 

is

In consequence, the group is now well placed to proceed

monitoring  the  health  of  this  promising  orang-utan

with its plans for planting in total a further 8,000 hectares

population  and  will  consider  enrichment  planting  in  the

of oil palms over the two year period to the end of 2011.

conservation  reserves  if  it  appears  that  the  naturally

available food resources need to be enhanced. 

9

Chairman’s statement continued

The  group  has  now  obtained  ISO  14001  certification  in

the right to acquire the concession holding companies at

respect of both of its oil mills, its kernel crushing plant and

original cost as soon as Indonesian law allows this on a

two of its estate units.  It is hoped that certification of the

basis that will give the group (through KCC) 95 per cent

balance of the established estate units will be completed

ownership  with  the  balance  of  5  per  cent  remaining

during 2010.   The group has applied for Roundtable on

owned by the local partners.

Sustainable  Palm  Oil  (“RSPO”)  accreditation  audits

(conducted by RSPO approved independent certifiers) to

During  2009,  the  group's  development  focus  was  on

be  initiated  during  2010  with  a  view  to  obtaining  final

bringing the Liburdinding concession into production.  A

certification during 2011.

Coal operations

mining  plan  had  been  completed,  and  the  necessary

infrastructural facilities (principally a port facility and a 38

kilometre road to the port) were substantially complete, by

June  2009.    However,  the  group  withdrew  from  its

Following  its  acquisition  of  interests  in  the  Liburdinding

original  plan  to  establish,  as  rapidly  as  possible,  a

and  Muser  coal  mining  concessions  located  near  Tanah

production  level  of  30,000  tonnes  per  month  when  it

Grogot  in  the  southern  part  of  East  Kalimantan  in  the

became clear that the sulphur content of the Liburdinding

second half of 2008, the group further extended its coal

coal  was  such  that,  in  what  had  then  become  a  buyer's

operations in December 2009 with the acquisition of an

market  for  export  coal,  it  would  be  necessary  either  to

interest  in  a  third  coal  mining  concession  located  near

blend the coal mined with purchased coal having a lower

Kota Bangun in the central part of East Kalimantan which

sulphur content or to accept a significant price penalty.

was purchased for a cash consideration of $4,500,000.

The group concluded that it was important to be able to

Pending clarification of a new Indonesian mining law that

market Liburdinding coal within Indonesia and steps were

should  permit  foreign  direct  ownership  of  Indonesian

taken  to  establish  a  coal  depot  at  Semarang  in  Central

companies holding mining concessions (which has not in

Java  to  facilitate  deliveries  to  industrial  users  of  coal  in

recent  years  been  allowed),  the  group  has  entered  into

that area (a large coal consuming district) and to permit

arrangements  with  a  local  investor  and  members  of  his

blending  with  other  coal  to  meet  specific  buyer

family (together the group's “local partners”) whereby the

requirements.    The  Semarang  depot  is  now  in  operation

Liburdinding and Muser concessions are currently held by

and sales of Liburdinding coal are being made through it.

two  companies  which  are  wholly  owned  by  the  group's

Additionally,  with  the  recovery  in  coal  prices  of  recent

local partners and which in turn own the company holding

months,  export  demand  has  improved  and  some  export

the  Kota  Bangun  concession.    A  fourth  company,

shipments  of  Liburdinding  coal  are  in  prospect.    The

incorporated under the Indonesian foreign investment law

group  is  budgeting  for  total  output  from  Liburdinding  of

and  owned  95  per  cent  by  KCC  Resources  Limited

150,000 tonnes in 2010.

(“KCC”)  (a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  the  company

incorporated  in  England  and  Wales  that  acts  as  a  co-

The  group  also  intends  that  the  newly  acquired  Kota

ordinating company for the group's coal operations) and 5

Bangun  concession  should  be  brought  into  production

per  cent  by  the  local  partners,  has  been  established  by

during 2010 with a view to achieving, by December 2010,

KCC to spearhead the group's coal operations.   The three

an output of 16,000 tonnes per month.  The Kota Bangun

coal  mining  concession  holding  companies  are  being

concession  is  well  located,  being  approximately  5

financed by loan funding from the group.  KCC will have

kilometres from the Mahakam river, and the high calorific

10

value coal that the concession contains is very suitable for

coal  operations  will  be  critically  dependent  upon  sales

export.

volumes and prevailing coal prices.

The  group  aims  to  augment  the  basic  mining  revenues

Finance

from  the  Liburdinding  and  Kota  Bangun  concessions  in

two  respects  during  2010.    First,  it  intends  to  make

No new debt securities were issued by the group during

available the port facility established for the Liburdinding

2009  but,  in  November  2009,  the  company  issued

concession  for  use  by  third  parties  for  an  appropriate

1,490,000 new 9 per cent cumulative preference shares

charge.  Secondly, the group intends to take advantage of

for  cash  by  way  of  a  placing  at  a  price  of  103.18p  per

the  acceptance  of  one  of  the  concession  holding

share  (3.18p  being  an  amount  equal  to  the  accrued

companies  as  one  of  a  limited  number  of  approved

dividend  attaching  to  each  such  share  at  the  date  of

suppliers  to  the  Indonesian  state  electricity  company

allotment).  The net proceeds of the placing were utilised

(“PLN”) to establish a limited coal trading activity in which

to increase the cash available to the group as a cushion

the  group  will  source  coal  from  third  parties,  either  by

against  possible  additional  cash  requirements  for  the

outright  purchase  or  by  mining  third  party  concessions

group's development programmes.  

against  payment  of  an  agreed  royalty,  and  will  then  sell

the coal so sourced to PLN and others.  As both of these

Group  indebtedness  and  related  engagements  at  31

proposed  additions  to  the  coal  operations  will  be  new,

December 2009 amounted to $82.5 million, made up of

there  can  be  no  certainty  as  to  how  fast  and  in  what

US  dollar  denominated  bank  indebtedness  under  an

volumes  they  can  be  added.    However,  the  directors

Indonesian consortium loan facility of $10.2 million, £37

consider it reasonable to aim over time to achieve levels

million nominal of 9.5 per cent guaranteed sterling notes

of  20,000  tonnes  per  month  of  third  party  throughput

2015/17 (“sterling notes”) (carrying value: $57.0 million),

through the Liburdinding port and of 50,000 tonnes per

$7.7  million  in  respect  of  the  hedge  of  the  principal

month of traded coal sales (sourced by a combination of

amount of the sterling notes as described below and $30

outright purchases and mining of third party concessions

million  nominal  of  7.5  per  cent  dollar  notes  2012/14

under royalty arrangements).

(“dollar  notes”)  (carrying  value:  $29.7  million).    Against

these obligations, at 31 December 2009 the group held

The  group  is  budgeting  the  overheads  of  its  coal

cash  and  cash  equivalents  of  $22.1  million.    The  group

operations  for  2010  (excluding  head  office  costs  in  the

has entered into a long term sterling US dollar debt swap

UK, interest, depreciation and amortisation) at $100,000

to  hedge  against  US  dollars  the  sterling  liability  for

per  month.    Once  commercial  levels  of  production  are

principal  and  interest  payable  in  respect  of  the  entire

being achieved, production costs per tonne are projected

issue of the sterling notes (but in the case of interest only

in the ranges $64 to $78 per tonne for Kota Bangun coal

as  respects  interest  payments  falling  due  up  to  31

and  $23  to  $29  per  tonne  for  Liburdinding  coal.    Net

December 2015). 

contribution  from  third  party  coal  throughput  in  the

Liburdinding port is projected at $2.50 per tonne and the

In February 2010, the company issued an additional $15

contribution  margins  achievable  on  traded  coal  sales  at

million nominal of dollar notes at $90 per $100 nominal

between $5 and $10 per tonne (depending on the mix of

of notes in conjunction with an issue by KCC of 150,000

coal  sourced  by  outright  purchase  and  coal  sourced  by

redeemable participating preference shares of $10 each

mining third party concessions).  The overall results of the

at  par.    The  monies  raised,  totalling  $15  million  before

11

Chairman’s statement continued

issue expenses, have been deployed in the group’s coal

During 2010, capital will also be required to fund the coal

operations  save  to  the  extent  of  $4.5  million  which  has

operations  in  developing  the  Kota  Bangun  concession

been  applied  in  repaying  short  term  advances  of  an

and  meeting  the  working  capital  requirements  that  will

equivalent amount that had previously been made to the

arise  if  the  coal  operations  develop  as  envisaged.    It  is

coal operations from elsewhere in the group.

expected  that  the  funds  provided  to  the  coal  operations

from the recent issue of additional dollar notes and KCC

The  KCC  participating  preference  shares  will  provide  a

participating preference shares will be sufficient for these

limited interest in the group's coal operations such that if

purposes.  In addition, the coal operations should shortly

those  operations  achieve  an  average  annual  level  of

have available to them an undrawn working capital line of

earnings  before 

interest, 

tax,  depreciation  and

$3 million that is subject to annual renewal. 

amortisation  of  $8  million  over  the  four  and  a  half  year

period from 1 January 2010 to 30 June 2014 (equivalent

The  directors  have  no  immediate  plans  for  the  group  to

to $36 million for the full period), the combined return to

issue further listed debt securities but they are aware that

persons  who  subscribed  the  additional  dollar  notes  and

the  Indonesian  tax  authorities  have  recently  announced

KCC participating preference shares and who retain their

revisions to the rates of withholding tax to be applied to

notes and shares until redeemed will be 15 per cent per

payments  of  interest  from  Indonesia  to  the  Netherlands

annum.  

as  well  as  changes  to  the  basis  upon  which  such

authorities  will  accept  that  a  foreign  company  is  eligible

The  planned  planting  of  a  further  8,000  hectares  of  oil

for  the  concessionary  tax  treatment  provided  for  in  any

palm  during  2010  and  2011  and  the  concomitant

double tax agreement between the applicable company's

requirement for continuing investment in estate buildings,

country  of  domicile  and  Indonesia.  This  development

oil  palm  processing  facilities  and  other  estate  plant  and

appears  likely  to  result  in  the  rate  of  withholding  tax

equipment  will  involve  the  group  in  continuing  major

applicable  to  payments  of  interest  (the  aggregate  gross

capital  expenditure  over  the  next  two  years.    Given  the

amount  of  which  in  2009  was  $8.9  million)  on  loans  to

group's  existing  cash  resources  and  provided  that  the

Indonesian  subsidiaries  of  the  company  from  REA

CPO  price  remains  at  reasonable  levels,  the  directors

Finance increasing from 10 per cent to 20 per cent. The

expect that such capital expenditure can be funded from

directors  are  investigating  the  possibility  of  reorganising

internally generated cash flow.  Because of the volatility of

the  sterling  notes  to  mitigate  this  adverse  fiscal

commodity  markets,  the  directors  cannot  rely  on  this

development.

expectation and, whilst the expansion programme can, in

extremity,  be  rapidly  scaled  back  to  align  with  available

Dividends

cash  resources,  once  areas  have  been  planted  with  oil

palms, some or all of the benefits of investment thereby

The  fixed  semi-annual  dividends  on  the  9  per  cent

made will be lost if the areas are not maintained and the

cumulative  preference  shares  that  fell  due  on  30  June

milling  capacity  needed  to  process  the  resultant  FFB  is

and  31  December  2009  were  duly  paid.    Dividends

not installed.  Accordingly, the directors believe that it is

totalling 4p per ordinary share have been paid in respect

essential that the group holds some cash cushion to meet

of  2009  (2008  –  3p  per  ordinary  share).    These

possible  calls  for  additional  cash  to  fund  the  oil  palm

comprised a first interim dividend of 2p per ordinary share

expansion programme.  To this end, the group is currently

paid on 4 September 2009 and a second interim dividend

seeking  to  arrange  further  fixed  term  bank  facilities  in

in lieu of final of 2p per ordinary share paid on 29 January

Indonesia.

2010.   

12

The directors continue to believe that capitalisation issues

plans for the establishment of the new Singapore office

of new preference shares to ordinary shareholders, such

but  has  agreed  that  thereafter  the  composition  of  the

as  were  made  on  several  previous  occasions,  provide  a

board should be reconstituted.

useful  mechanism  for  augmenting  returns  to  ordinary

shareholders  in  periods  in  which  good  profits  are

Prospects

achieved but demands on cash resources limit the scope

for payment of cash dividends.  Because of the then state

The  group  is  budgeting  for  an  FFB  crop  of  561,000

of  markets  for  fixed  return  securities  of  smaller  listed

tonnes for 2010.  The FFB crop to end March 2010 was

companies,  the  directors  did  not  propose  any  such

some  16,000  tonnes  short  of  budget.    The  shortfall  is

capitalisation  issue  during  2009  but  they  hope  that  the

attributed  by  the  directors  to  a  combination  of  the

current  indications  of  economic  recovery  may  make

particular  weather  pattern  experienced  during  the  first

possible a further capitalisation issue of new preference

quarter of 2010 and to some oil palms entering a cyclical

shares during 2010.

Staff

depression  or  rest  phase  during  this  quarter.    Variations

from  year  to  year  in  the  monthly  phasing  of  each  year's

crops are normal and the directors do not believe that any

conclusions  should  be  drawn  as  to  the  likelihood  of  the

The directors extend their thanks to all of the group's staff

group achieving its budgeted crop for 2010.

for their continued loyalty and hard work. 

Succession

The modest recovery in CPO prices seen in the last two

months of 2008 continued into 2009 with the price rising

from  an  opening  level  of  $525  per  tonne,  spot  CIF

The group has decided to work towards opening a small

Rotterdam, to a high of $830 per tonne in May 2009.  The

regional office in Singapore.   The immediate function of

price then fell back to consolidate at a little over $600 per

the  new  office  will  be  to  provide  greater  capacity  to

tonne in July 2009 but gradually recovered to close 2009

handle the increasing workload falling on existing senior

at  just  above  $800  per  tonne,  a  level  at  which  it  has

management  but  the  group  plans  that  new  staff  put  in

broadly remained during the early months of 2010.

place  for  this  purpose  should  ultimately  provide  options

for  succession  to  existing  top  management.    The  group

Although  stocks  in  CPO  producing  countries  reached

plans  during  2010  to  recruit  an  experienced  and

quite high levels in January 2010, subsequent offtake has

committed  manager  to  head  the  new  office.    It  is

been good and stock levels have moderated.  Moreover,

envisaged  that  the  individual  recruited  would  spend  an

the recovery in crude petroleum oil prices has meant that

initial  induction  period  in  the  group's  London  office  and

the floor for vegetable and animal oil and fat prices that

would then operate from Singapore where it is intended

crude petroleum oil prices provide has been rising.  Whilst

that the new office should be fully functional by the end

professional 

forecasters  have  generally  been 

in

of 2011.  

agreement that CPO prices would probably stay at around

current  levels  at  least  until  mid  2010,  there  had  been

The directors recognise the need for succession planning

concerns  that,  after  that,  the  harvests  from  the  latest

in relation not only to executive management but also to

soybean  plantings  in  Brazil  and  Argentina  (which  are

non executive directors.  The board intends to continue as

reported  to  have  been  at  record  levels)  might  lead  to

currently constituted pending full implementation of their

some fallback in prices.  This may still prove to be the case

13

Chairman’s statement continued

but heavy rains in some key soybean growing areas and

fungus  problems  with  the  Brazilian  crop,  coupled  with

some indications that the negative impact on current CPO

production of the recent El Nino weather phenomenon is

proving greater than forecast, may mean that the supply

demand balance in the second half of 2010 will be tighter

than had been predicted and that CPO prices may remain

at good levels.

With  the  prospects  of  healthy  margins,  increasing  crops

and  further  extension  of  the  areas  under  oil  palm,  the

agricultural  operations  can  look  forward  to  continued

growth.   The development of the coal operations is still at

an early stage but the directors are optimistic that those

operations  have  the  potential  to  make  a  worthwhile

contribution to the future profits of the group.  Overall, the

directors  regard  the  outlook  for  the  group  with

confidence.

RICHARD M ROBINOW

Chairman

27 April 2010

14

Review of the group

Introduction

Overview

This review has been prepared to provide holders of the

Nature of business and resources

company’s shares with information that complements the

accompanying  financial  statements.    It  is  intended  that

The  group  is  principally  engaged  in  the  cultivation  of  oil

such 

information  should  help  shareholders 

in

palms in the province of East Kalimantan in Indonesia and

understanding  the  group’s  business  and  strategic

in  the  production  of  crude  palm  oil  (“CPO”)  and  by-

objectives and thereby assist them in assessing how the

products  from  fruit  harvested  from  its  oil  palms.    A

directors  have  performed  their  duty  of  promoting  the

detailed  description  of  the  group's  oil  palm  activities  is

success of the company.  This review should not be relied

provided under “Agricultural operations” below.   

upon by any persons other than shareholders or for any

purposes other than those stated.

During  2008,  the  directors  decided  to  augment  the

traditional  plantation  operations  of  the  group  by

This  review  contains  forward-looking  statements  which

developing  a  modest  coal  mining  business  in  Indonesia.

have been included by the directors in good faith based

Following this decision, the group has acquired rights in

on the information available to them up to the time of their

respect of three coal concessions in East Kalimantan and

approval  of  this  review.    Such  statements  should  be

is  now  endeavouring  to  establish  an  open  cast  coal

treated  with  caution  given  the  uncertainties  inherent  in

mining operation and coal trading activity based on these

any prognosis regarding the future and the economic and

concessions.    Details  of  this  diversification  are  provided

business  risks  to  which  the  group's  operations  are

under “Coal operations” below.

exposed. 

The  group  and  predecessor  businesses  have  been

In preparing this review, the directors have complied with

involved  for  over  one  hundred  years  in  the  operation  of

section 417 of the Companies Act 2006.  They have also

agricultural  estates  growing  a  variety  of  crops  in

sought  to  follow  best  practice  as  recommended  by  the

developing  countries  in  South  East  Asia  and  elsewhere.

reporting  statement  on  operating  and  financial  reviews

The group today sees itself as marrying developed world

published  by  the  Accounting  Standards  Board  but  this

capital  and  Indonesian  opportunity  by  offering  investors

review may not comply with that reporting standard in all

in, and lenders to, the company the transparency of a UK

respects.  

listed  company  and  then  using  capital  raised  by  the

company  (or  with  the  company’s  support)  to  develop

This review has been prepared for the group as a whole

natural  resource  based  operations  in  Indonesia  from

and  therefore  gives  emphasis  to  those  matters  that  are

which the group believes that it can achieve good returns.

significant  to  the  company  and  its  subsidiaries  when

In  this  endeavour,  the  group’s  inheritance  from  its  past

taken  together.    The  review  is  divided  into  five  sections:

and the group’s recent track record represent significant

overview;  agricultural  operations,  coal  operations;

intangible  resources  because  they  underpin  the  group’s

finances; and risks and uncertainties. 

credibility.    This  assists  materially  in  sourcing  capital,  in

negotiating  with  the  Indonesian  authorities  in  relation  to

project  development  and  in  recruiting  management  of  a

high calibre.  

15

Review of the group continued

Other  resources  that  are  important  to  the  group  are  its

Ancillary  to  the  first  component  of  this  approach,  the

developed  base  of  operations,  bringing  with  it  an

group seeks to add to its land bank when circumstances

established  management  team  familiar  with  Indonesian

are conducive to its doing so.  The directors intend that, as

regulatory  processes  and  social  customs,  a  trained

the  coal  operations  come  into  production,  the  group  will

workforce and the group’s land and concession rights.

similarly  seek  production  cost  efficiencies  in  those

operations  by  increasing  volumes  and  focusing  on

Objectives

productivity.

The  group’s  objectives  are  to  provide  attractive  overall

As a financial strategy, the group aims to enhance returns

returns to investors in the group from the operation and

to  equity  investors  in  the  company  by  procuring  that  a

expansion  of  the  group’s  existing  businesses,  to  honour

prudent proportion of the group’s funding requirements is

the  group’s  social  obligations  to  facilitate  economic

met  with  prior  charge  capital  in  the  form  of  fixed  return

progress  in  the  localities  of  the  group's  activities  and  to

permanent  preferred  capital  and  debt  with  a  maturity

develop  the  group's  operations  in  accordance  with  best

profile  appropriate  to  the  group's  projected  future  cash

corporate  social 

responsibility  and  sustainability

flows.

standards.  Achievement of these objectives is dependent

upon, among other things, the group’s ability to generate

Diversification

the  operating  profits  that  are  needed  to  finance  their

realisation.

The  group  recognises  that  its  agricultural  operations,

which represent the major part of the group’s assets and,

CPO and coal are primary commodities and as such must

in 2009, contributed all of the group’s profits, lie within a

be sold at prices that are determined by world supply and

single  locality  and  rely  on  a  single  crop.    This  permits

demand.  Such prices may, and do, fluctuate in ways that

significant economies of scale but brings with it risks.  The

are difficult to predict and which the group cannot control.

directors  hope  that  the  coal  operations  now  being

The  group’s  operational  strategy 

is  therefore  to

established  will,  if  successful  and  further  expanded,

concentrate on minimising unit production costs with the

provide  the  group  with  some  offset  against  such  risks.

expectation  that  the  lower  cost  producer  of  any  primary

The directors have no plans for further diversification and

commodity  is  better  placed  to  weather  any  downturn  in

believe  that,  for  the  foreseeable  future,  the  group’s

price than less efficient competitor producers of the same

interests  will  be  best  served  by  growing  the  existing

commodity.

agricultural and coal operations. 

In  the  agricultural  operations,  the  group  adopts  a  two

Strategic direction and succession

pronged approach in seeking production cost efficiencies.

First,  the  group  aims  to  capitalise  on  its  available

In recent years, the size and range of the group’s activities

resources by developing the group’s land bank as rapidly

has  expanded.    The  area  under  oil  palm  has  been

as  logistical,  financial  and  regulatory  constraints  permit

extended,  infrastructure  and  oil  mill  capacity  have  been

with  a  view  to  utilising  the  group’s  existing  agricultural

increased and a new venture in coal has been initiated.  At

management  capacity  to  manage  a  larger  business.

the same time, the group has increased its assistance to

Secondly,  the  group  strives  to  manage  its  established

the  local  communities  in  the  group’s  areas  of  operation

agricultural  operations  as  productively  as  possible.

and  has  established  a  new  department  dedicated  to

conservation activities.

16

These  changes  have  been  accompanied  by  a  major

The  directors  have  previously  expressed  concern  as  to

reorganisation  of  the  group’s  Indonesian  agricultural

whether  the  current  situation  in  which  Indonesian

management.    A  new  departmental  structure  has  been

businesses are owned through a UK listed company, with

implemented,  additional  staff  have  been  recruited  and

the UK overheads that this entails, is an appropriate long

reporting lines have been clarified.  Work is continuing on

term structure for the group.  Recent years have seen an

upgrading  the  group’s  personnel  administration  to  cope

increase in the number of plantation companies listed on

with  a  workforce  now  approaching  7,000  and  on

the  London  Stock  Exchange  and  with  this  has  come

integrating  the  group’s  data  recording  systems  to

increased investment research coverage of the plantation

enhance  management’s  ability  to  identify  and  analyse

sector.    This  is  improving  the  company’s  access  to

areas of underperformance. 

investors  and  the  directors  are  pleased  with  the

company’s  existing  base  of  shareholders.    The  directors

The  directors  hope  that  the  group  will  continue  to  grow

also believe that the company’s continued UK listing has

and  appreciate  that  growth  will  make  new  demands  on

facilitated  the  several  bond  issues  that  the  group  has

management.    The  directors  believe  that  the  Indonesian

made  in  recent  years  (which  have  been  an  important

management structures now in place provide a good base

source  of  medium  term  funding  for  the  group)  and  that

for  further  expansion.    In  the  agricultural  operations,  the

such issues would have been harder had the group been

group’s established programme of regularly recruiting and

listed  in,  for  example,  Singapore  or  Jakarta.    In  these

training  a  number  of  university  graduates  and  then

circumstances, the directors have concluded that, for the

offering management positions to those who successfully

time  being  at  least,  the  group  should  retain  its  current

complete the training course  has provided the group with

structure.  

an  expanding  cadre  of  younger  staff.    The  group  can

therefore  hope  to  fill  new  staff  positions  resulting  from

Nevertheless,  the  directors  believe  that  better  value  will

agricultural  expansion  by  internal  promotion.    If  the  coal

be obtained from additions to senior management if new

activities prove successful and grow, the group will aim to

staff  recruited  can  not  only  provide  support  for  the

put  in  place  appropriate  arrangements  for  management

functions  currently  undertaken  in  London  but  are  also

succession in those activities also.

close  enough  to  the  group's  operations  to  provide

assistance  on  a  day  to  day  basis  to  the  group's

In responding to the management challenges created by

management  in  Indonesia.    Accordingly,  the  group  has

the  group’s  growth,  the  directors  have  given  priority  to

decided to work towards opening a small regional office

enhancing  operational  management  capacity.    With  the

in Singapore.  The immediate function of the new office

staffing capacity and the local independent non executive

will  be  to  provide  greater  capacity  to  handle  the

support that are available to the group in Indonesia, they

increasing  workload 

falling  on  existing  senior

believe  that  the  group  has  achieved  reasonable

management  but  the  group  plans  that  new  staff  put  in

operational  resilience  in  the  event  of  local  staff

place  for  this  purpose  should  ultimately  provide  options

retirements  or  resignations.    However,  the  directors

for succession to existing top management (although the

recognise  that  there  is  now  a  requirement  also  to

existing group managing director and the chairman have

enhance senior management capacity outside Indonesia

indicated their willingness to continue working as a team

and  are  turning  their  attention  to  meeting  this

for several more years). 

requirement.

17

Review of the group continued

The  group  aims  during  2010  to  recruit  an  experienced

The  main  Indonesian  political  event  of  2009  was  the

and  commercial  manager  to  head  the  proposed  new

Presidential election which saw the incumbent president,

regional office.  It is envisaged that the individual recruited

Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono, re-elected by a comfortable

would  spend  an  initial  induction  period  in  the  group's

margin  following  a  wholly  peaceful  electoral  campaign.

London  office  and  would  then  operate  from  Singapore

However, the broadly concurrent parliamentary elections

where  it  is  intended  that  the  new  office  should  be  fully

left the president’s party in a minority.  This resulted in the

functional by the end of 2011.

formation  of  a  coalition  government  in  which  the

president  was  able  to  reappoint  his  core  economists  to

The new Singapore office will have the advantage that it

key positions in the Trade and Finance Ministries but had

will preserve flexibility as respects the possibility that the

to  accept  that  several  important  other  ministerial

group may one day, after all, decide to reconstitute itself

appointments  be  filled  by  candidates  of  the  coalition

as  a  wholly  South  East  Asian  based  group.      It  will  also

partners.  This is expected to place some constraints on

provide capacity to handle the possible eventuality that, if

the president’s legislative agenda.   

the  coal  operations  prove  successful,  those  operations

may  be  detached  from  the  group  and  developed  as  a

The  decline  in  the  Indonesian  rupiah  seen  in  the  last

separate  listed  group  (a  not  unlikely  development  given

quarter of 2008 continued into the first quarter of 2009

an  Indonesian  legal  requirement  that  the  group  in  due

with the rate against the US dollar falling from Rp 10,950

course divest a minority interest in the coal operations, a

= $1 at 31 December 2008 to Rp 11,575 = $1 at the

requirement  that  may  best  be  met  by  combining  the

end of March 2009.  The rate then improved progressively

operations  under  an  Indonesian  holding  company  and

to close 2009 at Rp 9,400 = $1.  No doubt assisted by

making a public offering of shares in that company).

the  strengthening  currency,  the  reported  Indonesian

inflation rate for 2009 was 3 per cent as compared with

The directors recognise the need for succession planning

11 per cent for 2008.

in relation not only to executive management but also to

non executive directors.  The board intends to continue as

The province of East Kalimantan remained stable during

currently constituted pending full implementation of their

2009  and  its  economy  continued  to  grow.    Growth  is

plans for the establishment of the new Singapore office

placing pressure on the province’s supplies of electricity

but  has  agreed  that  thereafter  the  composition  of  the

and infrastructural facilities but the provincial government

board should be reconstituted.

The Indonesian context

is  making  efforts  to  address  this.    Land  availability  is

becoming  more  constrained  and  it  appears  that  the

central  and 

regional  authorities,  prompted  by

environmental concerns, are making a concerted effort to

During  2009,  the  Indonesian  economy  grew  by  4.5  per

establish more transparent processes for the granting of

cent  per  annum  helped  by  improved  prices  for  the

land  and  mining  concessions  and  ensuring  subsequent

country’s  main  export  commodities  and  comfortably

compliance  by  concessionaires  with  applicable

ahead  of  the  3.4  per  cent  per  annum  predicted  by  the

government regulations.  Whilst this is likely to complicate

World Bank after the onset of the 2008 world economic

further  the  licensing  and  titling  processes,  it  may  be

crisis.  Inward  foreign  direct  investment  improved  slightly

hoped that it will reduce the improper activities of some

as compared with 2008, while Indonesia’s access to the

plantation  and  mining  operators  that  are  detrimental  to

international bond markets continued unimpaired. 

the standing of the plantation and mining industries as a

whole. 

18

Evaluation of performance

Quantifications  of  the  above  indicators  for  2009  and

comparable  quantifications  for  2008  (in  both  cases  as

In seeking to meet its objectives, the group sets operating

sourced  from  the  group's  internal  management  reports)

standards  and  targets  for  most  aspects  of  its  activities

are  provided  under  “Land  development”  and  “Crops  and

and  regularly  monitors  performance  against  those

extraction  rates”  in  “Operations”  below  together  with

standards  and  targets.    In  many  aspects  of  the  group's

targets for 2010. 

activities,  there  is  no  single  standard  or  target  that,  in

isolation from other standards and targets, can be taken

Key  indicators  used  by  the  directors  in  evaluating  the

as providing an accurate continuing indicator of progress.

group's  financial  performance  for  any  given  period

Rather a collection of measures have to be evaluated and

comprise:

a qualitative conclusion reached. 

The  directors  do,  however,  rely  on  regular  reporting  of

certain  operational  progress  items  that  are  comparable

from  one  year  to  the  next  and  may  be  regarded  as  key

indicators of operating performance.  These indicators for

•

return on adjusted equity which is measured as profit

before tax for the period less amounts attributable to

preferred  capital  expressed  as  a  percentage  of

average  total  equity  (less  preferred  capital)  for  the

period; and

any given period comprise:

•

net  debt  to  total  equity  which  is  measured  as

•

the  new  extension  planting  area  developed;    this  is

measured as the area in hectares of land cleared and

planted out or cleared and prepared for planting out

during the applicable period;

•

the crop of fresh fruit bunches (“FFB”) harvested; this

is measured as the weight in tonnes of FFB delivered

to  the  group's  oil  mills  during  the  applicable  period;

and

•

the  CPO,  palm  kernel  and  crude  palm  kernel  oil

(“CPKO”) extraction rates achieved;  the first two of

these are measured as the percentage by weight of

CPO or palm kernels extracted from FFB processed

and  the  third  is  measured  as  the  percentage  by

weight  of  CPKO  extracted  from  palm  kernels

crushed.

Of  these  indicators,  the  first  provides  a  measure  of  the

group's performance against its expansion objective.  The

second and third indicators are measures of field and mill

efficiency and, as such, provide a basis for assessing the

extent  to  which  the  group  is  achieving  its  objective  of

maximising output from its operations.  

borrowings and other indebtedness (other than intra

group indebtedness) less cash and cash equivalents

expressed as a percentage of total equity.

Because  of  the  group's  material  dependence  on  CPO

prices,  which  have  a  direct  impact  on  revenues  and  on

periodic  revaluations  of  biological  assets,  in  targeting

return  on  total  equity  the  directors  set  a  norm  that  they

hope  will  represent  an  average  of  the  annual  returns

achieved over a period of seven years.

Percentages  for  the  above  two  indicators  for  2009  and

comparable  figures  for  2008  (derived  from  figures

extracted  from  the  audited  consolidated  financial

statements  of  the  company)  are  provided  under  “Group

results”  and  “Financing  policies”  in  “Finances”  below,

together with target percentages. 

The  directors  have  hitherto  relied  mainly  on  qualitative

rather  than  quantitative  assessments  in  relation  to

environmental  and  social  matters.    With  the  increasing

scale  of  the  group’s  operations,  the  directors  consider

that it is appropriate to begin providing some quantitative

19

Review of the group continued

indicators to assist evaluation of the group’s performance

response  to  failures.    Independent  verification  of  the

in  these  areas.    Accordingly  the  qualitative  commentary

group’s  performance  in  these  areas  is  dealt  with  as

under 

“Employees”, 

“Community 

development”,

described  under  “Accreditation  and  verification”  in

“Smallholders”, “Conservation” and “Sustainable practices”

“Agricultural operations” below. 

in  “Agricultural  operations”  below  has  this  year  been

augmented with quantitative data on examination results

Agricultural operations

in the group’s primary schools, incidence of vector borne

diseases,  serious  accidents  sustained,  waste  water

Structure

management and use of diesel oil and fertilisers.

All  of  the  group's  agricultural  operations  are  located  in

Industry  discussions,  under  the  auspices  of  the

East Kalimantan and have been established pursuant to

Roundtable on Sustainable Palm Oil, are being conducted

an  understanding  dating  from  1991  whereby  the  East

with  a  view  to  establishing  agreed  principles  for  the

Kalimantan authorities undertook to support the group in

calculation  of  oil  palm  plantation  carbon  footprints  but

acquiring,  for  its  own  account  and  in  co-operation  with

there  remain  areas  of  disagreement  still  to  be  resolved,

local  interests,  substantial  areas  of  land  in  East

most  notably  as  respects  how  the  carbon  cost  of

Kalimantan for planting with oil palms.  

displacement of vegetation that existed prior to planting

of  oil  palms  should  be  taken  into  account.    Pending

The oldest planted areas, which represent the core of the

availability of such principles, the group is taking steps to

group’s  operations,  are  owned  through  PT  REA  Kaltim

build its own model for calculating its carbon footprint and

Plantations  (“REA  Kaltim”)  in  which  a  group  company

will aim to publish carbon footprint data in due course.

holds  a  100  per  cent  economic  interest.    With  the  REA

Kaltim land areas approaching full utilisation, over the four

The directors recognise the significance of environmental,

year period from 2005 to 2008 the company established

social  and  governance  matters  to  the  business  of  the

or  acquired  several  additional  Indonesian  subsidiaries,

group.    Identification,  assessment,  management  and

each potentially bringing with it a substantial allocation of

mitigation of the risks associated with such matters forms

land  in  the  vicinity  of  the  REA  Kaltim  estates.    These

part of the group’s system of internal control for which the

additional  subsidiaries  comprise  PT  Cipta  Davia  Mandiri

board  of  the  company  has  ultimate  responsibility.    The

(“CDM”), PT Kartanegara Kumala Sakti (“KKS”), PT Kutai

board  discharges  that  responsibility  as  described  in  the

Mitra  Sejahtera  (“KMS”),  PT Putra  Bongan  Jaya  (“PBJ”)

“Corporate  governance”  section  of  this  annual  report.

and  PT  Sasana  Yudha  Bhakti  (“SYB”).    Each  of  these

Material 

risks  and 

related  policies 

regarding

subsidiaries  is,  or  will  on  completion  of  necessary  legal

environmental,  social  and  governance  matters  are

formalities  be,  owned  as  to  95  per  cent  by  group

described  under  “Risks  and  uncertainties”  below  and

companies and 5 per cent by Indonesian local investors.

under 

“Employees”, 

“Community 

development”,

“Smallholders”, “Conservation” and “Sustainable practices”

Land areas

in  “Agricultural  operations”  below.          The  latter  sections

also  detail  descriptively,  and  through  certain  of  the

Although the 1991 understanding established a basis for

quantitative  performance  indicators  added  this  year,  the

the provision of land for development by or in cooperation

group’s  successes  and  failures  in  environmental,  social

with  the  group,  all  applications  to  develop  previously

and  governance  areas  and  the  measures  taken  in

undeveloped  land  areas  have  to  be  agreed  by  the

20

Indonesian Ministry of Forestry and to go through a permit

The process of titling land allocations may be expected to

and titling process.  This process begins with the grant of

result in exclusion of areas the subject of conflicting land

a land allocation.  This is followed by environmental and

claims  and  having  special  environmental  value.    In  the

other  assessments  to  delineate  those  areas  within  the

case of the CDM land allocation particularly, the areas to

allocation that are suitable for development, settlement of

be  excluded  may  be  quite  substantial.    Accordingly,  the

compensation  claims  from  local  communities,  other

group is likely to be granted full hgu land titles in respect

necessary  legal  procedures  that  vary  from  case  to  case

of  only  a  part  of  the  land  allocations  referred  to  in  the

and  the  issue  (often  in  stages)  of  development  permits

preceding  paragraph.    Moreover,  not  all  of  the  areas  in

and land clearing licences.  The process is completed by

respect of which full hgu titles are issued can be planted

a  cadastral  survey  (during  which  boundary  markers  are

with oil palms.  Some fully titled land may be unsuitable for

inserted)  and  the  issue  of  a  formal  registered  land  title
certificate (an “hak guna usaha” or “hgu” certificate). 

planting or subject to zoning or similar restrictions (such

as areas potentially available for mining), a proportion has

to be set aside for conservation and a further proportion

In the group’s experience, the process, which was never

is  required  for  roads,  buildings  and  other  infrastructural

straightforward, has become more complicated in recent

facilities.   This means that the prospective maximum area

years.    This  has  followed  the  devolution  of  significant

that the group could plant with oil palms on the fully titled

authority  in  relation  to  land  matters  from  the  Indonesian

and allocated agricultural land areas currently held must

central  government  to  Indonesian  provincial  and  district

be  expected  to  be  considerably  less  than  the  gross

authorities  which  has  resulted  in  an  increase  in  the

hectarage that those areas comprise.

number of official bodies involved in the titling process.  A

further echelon of complication has recently been added

The  operations  of  REA  Kaltim  are  located  some  140

by  new  Ministry  of  Forestry  procedures  to  provide  extra

kilometres  north  west  of  Samarinda,  the  capital  of  East

checks  on  plantation  development  licences.    These  are

Kalimantan,  and  lie  either  side  of  the  Belayan  river,  a

designed  to  stop  plantation  development  improperly

tributary of the Mahakam, one of the major river systems

encroaching on land that has been zoned for retention as

of South East Asia.  The SYB area and the area sought by

forest.

KKS  are  contiguous  with  the  REA  Kaltim  areas  so  that

the three areas together form a single site.  All of these

The group made good progress with its land titling during

areas  fall  within  the  Kutai  Kartanegara  district  of  East

2009  and  increased  its  overall  area  of  fully  titled

Kalimantan.  The PBJ area lies some 70 kilometres to the

agricultural land to 52,029 hectares, comprising 30,106

south of the REA Kaltim areas in the West Kutai district of

hectares  held  by  REA  Kaltim,  10,321  hectares  held  by

East  Kalimantan  while  the  CDM  and  KMS  areas  are

SYB and 11,602 hectares held by PBJ.

located in close proximity of each other in the East Kutai

district of East Kalimantan less than 30 kilometres to the

Land  allocations  still  subject  to  titling  comprise  some

east of the REA Kaltim areas.

6,000  hectares  held  by  SYB,  20,000  hectares  held  by

CDM and 17,000 hectares held by KMS.  In addition, KKS

At  present,  access  to  the  REA  Kaltim,  SYB,  KKS,  CDM

continues to seek title to a 20,000 hectare land area as

and KMS areas can be obtained only by river and by air

respects which progress remains, as previously reported,

although the completion in 2005 of a road bridge over the

subject to the issue of a decree by the Ministry of Forestry

Mahakam  at  Kota  Bangun  may  eventually  permit  road

to  allow  implementation  of  a  new  development  plan  for

access  as  well.    The  PBJ  area  is  already  accessible  by

the province of East Kalimantan.  

21

Review of the group continued

road. The CDM and KMS areas can be accessed from the

afforded to improve the pipeline of land areas immediately

REA Kaltim area by way of abandoned logging roads.

available for planting.

The  group  continues  to  look  at  acquiring  further  areas

In consequence, the group is now well placed to proceed

suitable  for  planting  with  oil  palms  within  the  general

with its plans for planting in total a further 8,000 hectares

vicinity  of  its  existing  land  allocations  but  land  is  much

of oil palms over the two year period to the end of 2011.

less available for oil palm development than was formerly

Nevertheless, it does remain the case that achievement of

the case.  

Land development

this  planting  target  is  critically  dependent  upon  land

becoming  available  for  development  as  needed.    New

regulations  recently  announced  by  the  MInistry  of

Forestry mean that planting of the planned further 8,000

Areas  planted  and  in  course  of  development  as  at  31

hectares will require permits additional to those that have

December  2009  amounted  in  total  to  30,990  hectares.

already been obtained.  The directors have no reason to

Of  this  total,  mature  plantings  comprised  18,736

believe  that  such  permits  will  not  be  forthcoming  within

hectares.  A further 3,333 hectares planted in 2006 came

the time frame in which they will be needed.  

to maturity at the start of 2010.  

At current cost levels and CPO prices, extension planting

Following  the  onset  of  the  international  financial  crisis

in  areas  adjacent  to  the  existing  developed  areas  still

and the sharp falls in commodity prices that accompanied

offers  the  prospect  of  attractive  returns.    Accordingly,  it

it, the directors decided in October 2008 to suspend all

remains  the  policy  of  the  directors  that,  subject  to

new  plantation  development  until  the  world  economic

financial  and  logistical  constraints,  the  group  should

outlook became clearer.  With the recovery in CPO prices

continue its expansion and should aim over time to plant

seen  in  the  early  months  of  2009  and  a  seeming

with  oil  palms  all  suitable  undeveloped  land  available  to

improvement  in  the  world  economic  outlook,  it  was

the  group  (other  than  areas  set  aside  by  the  group  for

decided in April 2009 to resume development.  As a result

conservation).    Such  expansion  will,  however,  involve  a

of this decision,  an area of 2,690 hectares was cleared

series  of  discrete  annual  decisions  as  to  the  area  to  be

and planted out or prepared for planting out during 2009.

planted in each forthcoming year and the rate of planting

may  be  accelerated  or  scaled  back  in  the  light  of

Reserve  land  held  by  the  group  only  becomes  available

prevailing circumstances.  Moreover, the group’s capacity

for development when the titling process has proceeded

for  extension  development  beyond  2011  will  be

to a point at which the group has been granted necessary

dependent  upon  the  rate  at  which  the  group  can  make

development  and 

land 

clearing 

licences  and

additional land areas available for planting. 

compensation agreements have been reached with local

villagers who have claims in respect of their previous use

Processing and transport facilities

of the land.  In the past, delays in making available land

areas for development have been a serious impediment to

The group operates two oil mills in which the FFB crops

achievement  of  target  extension  planting  programmes.

harvested from the mature oil palm areas are processed

The  group  therefore  sought  during  the  period  that  the

into  CPO  and  palm  kernels.    The  first  mill,  which  dates

development  programme  was  temporarily  suspended  to

from  1998,  has  been  developed  to  give  an  intended

take  maximum  advantage  of  the  opportunity  that  this

capacity of 80 tonnes per hour.  The second mill, which

22

was  brought  into  production  in  2006,  has  an  existing

Palm  kernel  cake,  a  by-product  of  the  CPKO  extraction

capacity  60  tonnes  per  hour  but  is  currently  being

process is applied as an organic fertiliser.  Sales of palm

expanded to a capacity of 80 tonnes per hour.

kernel cake as an animal feed are not remunerative given

the remote location of the group’s kernel crushing plant.

Some problems were experienced during 2009 with the

older mill.  Deterioration in one of the two boilers reduced

The group operates a fleet of barges for transport of CPO

available power and this, combined with inefficiencies in

and  CPKO.    The  fleet  is  used  in  conjunction  with  tank

other  ageing  mill  machinery,  made  it  difficult  to  operate

storage  adjacent  to  the  oil  mills  and  a  transhipment

the  mill  at  the  intended  capacity  of  80  tonnes  per  hour

terminal owned by the group downstream of the port of

over  any  extended  period.    Steps  have  been  taken  to

Samarinda.    The  fleet  comprises  one  barge  of  3,000

address  this  problem.    The  deteriorating  boiler  will  be

tonnes, which the group time charters, and a number of

replaced as soon as possible and the mill processing lines

smaller barges, ranging between 750 and 2,000 tonnes,

will be upgraded to provide greater resilience. 

which  are  owned  by  the  group.    The  smaller  barges  are

used  for  transporting  palm  products  from  the  upriver

The upgrading of the older mill and the expansion of the

operations  to  the  transhipment  terminal  for  collection

newer mill to 80 tonnes per hour should provide the group

from that terminal by buyers.  The 3,000 tonne barge is

with  sufficient  capacity  to  meet  the  expected  FFB

used  for  sea  voyages  to  Malaysia  and  other  parts  of

processing  requirements  of  2010  and  2011.    By  2012

Indonesia.

the group will require a third mill.  Work is already in hand

on  the  planning  of  this  third  mill  and  it  is  expected  that

The directors believe that flexibility of delivery options is

construction of the mill will start during 2010.

helpful  to  the  group  in  its  efforts  to  optimise  the  net

prices, FOB port of Samarinda, that it is able to realise for

The group's newer oil mill incorporates, within the overall

its produce.  Moreover the group’s ability itself to deliver

facility, a palm kernel crushing plant in which palm kernels

CPO and CPKO allows the group to make sales without

can  be  further  processed  to  extract  the  CPKO  that  the

the  collection  delays  sometimes  experienced  with  FOB

palm  kernels  contain.    The  kernel  crushing  plant  is

buyers.  Currently, a significant proportion of the group's

economic to run because the oil mill in which the plant is

CPO is sold for delivery to ports in Sabah in East Malaysia.

located  is  able  to  generate  sufficient  power,  from  the

As  a  result,  the  3,000  tonne  barge  is  employed  almost

combustion of waste products from the mill’s processing

exclusively  in  sailing  between  Samarinda  and  Sabah.

of FFB, to operate the kernel crushing plant and to meet

Because  of  the  relatively  short  distance  involved,  this  is

the  other  power  requirements  of  the  mill.    Moreover,

proving very efficient in minimising transformation costs.

processing  kernels  into  CPKO  avoids  the  material

logistical  difficulties  and  cost  associated  with  the

A  trial  made  in  2005  established  that  it  is  both  feasible

transport and sale of kernels.   The kernel crushing plant

and economic to use the barge fleet to transfer CPO from

has a capacity of 150 tonnes of kernels per day which is

the  Samarinda  transhipment  terminal  to  ships  anchored

sufficient  to  process  all  kernel  output  from  the  group’s

offshore  outside  the  port  of  Samarinda.    This  potentially

two existing oil mills.   Further kernel crushing capacity will

provides access to vessels of much greater tonnage than

be  needed  when  the  planned  third  group  oil  mill  comes

the  vessels  that  can  be  loaded  within  the  port  of

into production and this new mill will therefore incorporate

Samarinda (which are effectively limited to 6,000 tonnes).

its own kernel crushing plant.

Moreover,  the  recent  construction  of  bulking  facilities  in

23

Review of the group continued

the  major  sea  port  of  Balikpapan  means  that  larger

Rainfall  across  the  group's  estates  averaged  3,123  mm

vessels  may  now  also  be  accessed  by  barging  from  the

for 2009, compared with 3,504 mm for the previous year.

upstream  oil  storage 

tanks 

to  Balikpapan  and

Rainfall of in excess of 3,000 mm per annum is more than

transhipping there rather than in Samarinda.   Access to

sufficient for oil palm cultivation provided that the rainfall

larger  vessels  would  permit  the  group  to  ship  palm

is distributed reasonably evenly over the year as oil palm

products to Europe when differentials between European

estate  soil  has  limited  capacity  to  retain  water.    During

and South East Asian prices for CPO and CPKO make it

2009,  there  was  an  extended  drier  period  between

worthwhile to do so.  This is not currently the case but the

August  and  October,  probably  reflecting  the  reported  El

situation  may  change  when  the  group  becomes  able  to

Nino  effect.    Although  this  was  of  some  concern  to  the

deliver  palm  products  that  have  been  certified  as

group, an analysis of the rainfall received during this drier

sustainably produced. 

period  suggests  that  the  rainfall  was  just  sufficient  to

avoid  deficits  in  the  moisture  required  by  the  group's

During periods of lower rainfall (which normally occur for

palms  for  optimal  development.    If  correct,  this  would

short periods during the drier months of May to August of

mean that the reduced levels of rainfall between August

each year), river levels on the upper part of the Belayan

and  October  should  not  have  a  negative  impact  on

become  volatile  and  palm  products  at  times  have  to  be

cropping in 2010.  On that basis, the group is budgeting

transferred  by  road  from  the  mills  to  a  point  some  70

an FFB crop of 561,000 tonnes for 2010. 

kilometres  downstream  where  year  round  loading  of

barges  of  up  to  2,000  tonnes  is  possible.    Some  years

The  FFB  crop  to  end  March  2010  was  some  16,000

ago,  the  group  acquired  a  riverside  site  in  this

tonnes short of budget.  The shortfall is attributed by the

downstream location but the original road access to this

directors  to  a  combination  of  the  particular  weather

site was washed away in 2005.  A new government road

pattern experienced during the first quarter of 2010 and

completed during 2009 has, at long last, restored access

to  some  oil  palms  entering  a  cyclical  depression  or  rest

and  the  group  will  now  consider  developing  its  own

phase during this quarter.  Variations from year to year in

permanent loading facilities on the site for use during dry

the monthly phasing of each year's crops are normal and

periods.  The group is also exploring alternative means of

the directors do not believe that any conclusions should

transferring palm products during drier periods to ensure

be  drawn  as  to  the  likelihood  of  the  group  achieving  its

that, as volumes increase, the group can continue during

budgeted crop for 2010.

such  periods  promptly  to  evacuate  all  palm  product

output. 

Crops and extraction rates

Processing  of  the  group's  own  FFB  production  and  the

externally  purchased  FFB,  together  totalling  503,426

tonnes  (2008:  457,366  tonnes),  produced  118,357

tonnes  of  CPO  (2008:  105,957  tonnes)  and  23,740

FFB crops for the years from 2005 to 2009 are shown in

tonnes of palm kernels (2008: 20,847 tonnes), reflecting

the “Key statistics” section of this annual report.  The crop

extraction rates of 23.51 per cent for CPO (2008: 23.17

out-turn for 2009 amounted to 490,178 tonnes, slightly

per cent) and 4.72 per cent for kernels (2008: 4.56 per

ahead  of  the  budgeted  crop  of  486,000  tonnes  and  an

cent).    Production  of  CPKO  amounted  to  9,636  tonnes

increase  of  8.6    per  cent  on  the  FFB  crop  for  2008  of

(2008: 8,190 tonnes) representing an extraction rate of

450,906  tonnes.    External  purchases  of  FFB  from

40.04 per cent (2008: 40.11 per cent).

smallholders  in  2009  totalled  13,248  tonnes  (2008:

6,460 tonnes).

24

The  group’s  target  extraction  rates  for  2009  were  24.0

mean  at  which  adequate  returns  are  obtained  from

per cent for CPO, 4.0 per cent for palm kernels and 42

growing the annual oilseed crops.

per cent for CPKO.  These target rates are being retained

for  2010  with  the  exception  of  the  target  palm  kernel

Since the oil yield per hectare from oil palms (at between

extraction  rate,  which  has  been  increased  to  4.75  per

4 and 7 tonnes) is much greater than that of the principal

cent.

Markets and revenues

annual  oilseeds  (less  than  1  tonne),  CPO  can  be

produced  more  economically 

than 

the  principal

competitor  oils  and  this  provides  CPO  with  a  natural

competitive advantage within the vegetable oil and animal

According to Oil World, worldwide consumption of the 17

fat  complex.    Within  those  markets,  CPO  should  also

major vegetable and animal oils and fats increased by 3.1

continue  to  benefit  from  health  concerns  in  relation  to

per  cent  to  162.9  million  tonnes  in  the  year  to  30

trans-fatty acids.  Such acids are formed when vegetable

September  2009.    The  increased  consumption  was

oils  are  artificially  hardened  by  hydrogenation.    Poly-

reflected in increased world production during the same

unsaturated  oils,  such  as  soybean  oil,  rape  oil  and

period  of  162.8  million  tonnes  with  CPO  accounting  for

sunflower  oil,  require  hydrogenation  before  they  can  be

44.4 million tonnes of this (27.3 per cent of the total). 

used  for  shortening  or  other  solid  fat  applications  but

CPO does not.

Vegetable  and  animal  oils  and  fats  have  conventionally

been  used  principally  for  the  production  of  cooking  oil,

Bio-fuel has become an important factor in the vegetable

margarine  and  soap.    Consumption  of  these  basic

and animal oil and fat markets, not so much because of

commodities  correlates  with  population  growth  and,  in

the oil and fats that it currently consumes, although this is

less  developed  areas,  with  per  capita  incomes  and

not  insignificant,  but  because  the  size  of  the  energy

economic  growth.      Demand  is  thus  being  driven  by  the

market means that bio-fuel can provide a ready outlet for

increasing world population and economic growth in the

large  volumes  of  oils  and  fats  over  a  short  period  when

key markets of India and China.  Vegetable and animal oils

surpluses in supply depress prices to levels at which bio-

and  fats  can  also  be  used  to  provide  bio-fuels  and,  in

fuel  can  be  produced  at  a  cost  that  is  competitive  with

particular, bio-diesel.  According to Oil World, bio-fuel use

prevailing petroleum oil prices.  This should provide a floor

during  the  year  to  30  September  2009  accounted  for

for vegetable and animal oil and fat prices.

10.1  per  cent  of  all  vegetable  and  animal  oil  and  fat

consumption.

The  directors  believe  that  demand  for,  supply  of  and

consequent pricing of, vegetable and animal oils and fats

The  principal  competitors  of  CPO  are  the  oils  from  the

will ultimately be driven by fundamental market factors.  It

annual  oilseed  crops,  the  most  significant  of  which  are

is however possible that normal market mechanisms may,

soybean,  oilseed  rape  and  sunflower.    Because  these

for a time at least, be affected by government intervention.

oilseeds are sown annually, their production can be rapidly

It has long been the case that some areas (such as the

adjusted to meet prevailing economic circumstances with

EU) have provided subsidies to encourage the growing of

high vegetable oil prices encouraging increased planting

oilseeds  and  that  such  subsidies  have  distorted  the

and low prices producing a converse effect.  Accordingly,

natural  economics  of  producing  oilseed  crops.    More

in  the  absence  of  special  factors,  pricing  within  the  oils

recently  there  have  been  actions  by  governments

and  fats  complex  can  be  expected  to  oscillate  about  a

attempting to reduce dependence on fossil fuels.  These

25

Review of the group continued

have  included  steps  to  enforce  mandatory  blending  of

but heavy rains in some key soybean growing areas and

bio-fuel  as  a  fixed  minimum  percentage  of  all  fuels  and

fungus  problems  with  the  Brazilian  crop,  coupled  with

subsidies  to  support  the  cultivation  of  crops  capable  of

some indications that the negative impact on current CPO

being used to produce bio-fuel.  Subsequent concerns as

production of the recent El Nino weather phenomenon is

to  the  side  effect  of  such  actions  in  reducing  food

proving greater than forecast, may mean that the supply

availability and in encouraging despoliation of forest lands

demand balance in the second half of 2010 will be tighter

may  limit  further  measures  to  encourage  the  production

than had been predicted and that CPO prices may remain

of bio-fuel but it appears likely that measures already in

at good levels.  

place will remain in force for some time to come. 

In 2009, approximately 48 per cent of the group's CPO

A graph of CIF Rotterdam spot CPO prices for the last ten

production  was  sold  in  the  local  Indonesian  market  and

years,  as  derived  from  prices  published  by  Oil  World,  is

the  balance  of  52  per  cent  was  exported.    FOB  prices

shown in the “Key statistics” section of this annual report.

realised for CPO in the local market during 2009 were for

The monthly average price over the ten years has moved

the  most  part  broadly  in  line  with  those  available  in  the

between a high of $1,249 per tonne and a low of $234

export  market  but,  with  production  volumes  increasing,

per tonne.  The monthly average price over the ten years

the  group  wishes  to  ensure  that  it  can  access  both

as a whole has been $505 per tonne. 

domestic  and  international  CPO  markets.    Sales

continued to be made to a small number of buyers with

The modest recovery in CPO prices seen in the last two

export  sales  concentrated  within  the  South  East  Asian

months of 2008 continued into 2009 with the price rising

region with the vast majority of exports going to refineries

from  an  opening  level  of  $525  per  tonne,  spot  CIF

in  East  Malaysia  owned  by  one  customer  (a  major

Rotterdam, to a high of $830 per tonne in May 2009.  The

company of international standing).  During 2009, CPKO

price then fell back to consolidate at a little over $600 per

was again sold entirely in the local Indonesian market.

tonne in July 2009 but gradually recovered to close 2009

at  just  above  $800  per  tonne,  a  level  at  which  it  has

Sales are made on contract terms that are comprehensive

broadly remained during the early months of 2010.

and standard for each of the markets into which the group

sells. The group therefore has no current need to develop

Although  stocks  in  CPO  producing  countries  reached

its own policies for terms of dealing with customers.  The

quite high levels in January 2010, subsequent offtake has

group  will  give  consideration  to  separate  marketing  of

been good and stock levels have moderated.  Moreover,

segregated  sustainable  oil  once 

it  has  obtained

the recovery in crude petroleum oil prices has meant that

accreditation  from  the  Roundtable  on  Sustainable  Palm

the floor for vegetable and animal oil and fat prices that

Oil  as  referred  to  under  “Accreditation  and  verification”

crude petroleum oil prices provide has been rising.  Whilst

below.   

professional 

forecasters  have  generally  been 

in

agreement that CPO prices would probably stay at around

The  Indonesian  regulations  imposing  sliding  scales  of

current  levels  at  least  until  mid  2010,  there  had  been

duty on exports of CPO and CPKO remain in place.  The

concerns  that,  after  that,  the  harvests  from  the  latest

rate of duty payable on CPO currently rises from nil per

soybean  plantings  in  Brazil  and  Argentina  (which  are

cent on sales at prices of up to the equivalent of $700 per

reported  to  have  been  at  record  levels)  might  lead  to

tonne,  CIF  Rotterdam,  to  25  per  cent  on  sales  at  prices

some fallback in prices.  This may still prove to be the case

above the equivalent of $1,250 per tonne.

26

As  a  general  rule,  all  CPO  and  CPKO  produced  by  the

endeavours to capitalise on this advantage by constantly

group is sold on the basis of prices prevailing immediately

striving to improve its agricultural practices.  In particular,

ahead  of  delivery  but,  on  occasions  when  market

careful  attention  is  given  to  ensuring  that  new  oil  palm

conditions  appear  favourable,  the  group  may  consider

areas are planted with high quality seed from proven seed

making forward sales at fixed prices.  The fact that export

gardens  and  that  all  oil  palm  areas  receive  the  upkeep

duty is levied on prices prevailing at date of delivery, not

on  prices  realised,  does  act  as  a  disincentive  to  making

forward fixed price sales since a rise in CPO prices prior

and fertiliser that they need.  The group has been an early
user of macuna bracteata as a cover crop in oil palm areas
with encouraging results in keeping down noxious weeds

to delivery of such sales will mean that the group will not

and generating vegetative matter that provides a natural

only forego the benefit of a higher price but will also pay

mulch and promotes oil palm growth.  Steps were taken

export duty on, and at a rate calculated by reference to, a

during  2009  to  extend  the  group’s  use  of  natural

higher price than it has obtained.  When making forward

fertilisers  by  the  use  of  composted  empty  fruit  bunches

fixed price sales, the group would not normally commit a

and  oil  mill  effluent,  both  being  residues  of  the  CPO

volume  equivalent  to  more  than  60  per  cent  of  its

production process.

projected  CPO  or  CPKO  production  for  a  forthcoming

period  of  twelve  months.    No  deliveries  were  made

The group has always recycled empty fruit bunches and

against forward fixed price sales of CPO or CPKO during

oil mill effluent but prior to the introduction of composting,

2009  and  the  group  currently  has  no  sales  outstanding

these  residues  were  distributed  in  the  oil  palm  areas

on this basis.

without  processing  (apart  from  treatment  of  effluent  in

effluent  ponds  to  reduce  its  biological  and  chemical

The  average  US  dollar  prices  per  tonne  realised  by  the

oxygen  demand).    Under  the  new  composting  process,

group  in  respect  of  2009  sales  of  CPO  and  CPKO,

the residues (in the case of effluent, again after treatment

adjusted  to  FOB,  Samarinda,  were,  respectively,  $591

in  effluent  ponds)  are  delivered  to  a  composting

(2008: $664) and $579 (2008: $820).

contractor at sites adjacent to the group’s oil mills.  The

Costs

contractor  takes  title  to  the  residues,  manages  the

composting  process  (which  takes  45  days  and  involves

seeding  the  residues  with  an  accelerant  of  micro-

The  group's  revenue  costs  principally  comprise:    direct

organisms  (which  the  contractor  supplies),  mixing  the

costs of harvesting, processing and despatch; direct costs

residues  and  macerating 

the  mix 

to  encourage

of upkeep of mature areas; estate and central overheads

biodegradation)  and  then  sells  back  the  resultant

in  Indonesia;  the  overheads  of  the  UK  head  office;  and

compost  to  the  group  at  an  agreed  price  with  a

financing  costs.    The  group’s  strategy  in  seeking  to

guaranteed  nutrient  content.    The  composted  residues

minimise unit costs of production is to maximise yields per

provide  greater  substitution  for  inorganic  fertilisers  than

hectare,  to  seek  efficiencies  in  the  overall  costs  and  to

did the previous recycling of uncomposted residues and

spread  central  overheads  over  as  large  a  cultivated

the overall effect is a reduction in cost.

hectarage as possible.

The  level  of  rainfall  in  the  areas  of  the  agricultural

were  concentrated  on  FFB  collection  and  transport

operations  provides  the  group  with  some  natural

arrangements  and  on  road  maintenance.    In  the  former

advantage  in  relation  to  crop  yields.    The  group

case, steps were taken to increase mechanical handling

Other  efforts  to  achieve  cost  efficiencies  during  2009

27

Review of the group continued

of FFB and to improve the efficiency of transfer of FFB

Employees

from field to factory.  In the latter case, it was decided to

reduce  the  use  of  contractors  and  to  assume  much

The  workforce  in  the  group’s  agricultural  operations

greater direct responsibility for road maintenance. In both

continued  to  expand  in  line  with  the  growth  in  the

cases,  a  significant  investment  was  made  in  additional

operations  so  that,  by  the  end  of  2009,  the  workforce

vehicles  and  equipment.    Some  teething  troubles  were

numbered over 6,900 (2008 – 6,000).

experienced  but  by  year  end  good  progress  had  been

made  in  resolving  these  and  the  directors  remain

Following  an  external  review,  steps  were  taken  during

optimistic  that  the  changes  made  will  prove  themselves

2009  to  enhance  the  human  resources  department  to

during 2010.

provide  the  additional  administrative  capacity  that  the

increasing number of employees requires and to improve

The group is continuing to invest in the development of a

communication across the workforce.  New management

new  management  information  system  and  accounting

was  appointed  and  separate  teams,  each  under  the

data  base.    This  remains  on  schedule  to  become

supervision  of  a  dedicated  senior  staff  member,  were

operational  in  phases  during  2010  and  fully  operational

deployed  to  pursue  a  number  of  strategic  initiatives  to

for 2011.  The new database should facilitate analysis by

improve employee facilities and amenities; to encourage a

reference  to  much  smaller  units  than  has  hitherto  been

team  mentality;  to  enhance  operational  management

possible and should thus permit management to identify

practices; to inculcate principles of ethical conduct; and to

and remedy underperformance on a more focused basis. 

make  the  human  resource  department  itself  more

Although costs continued to rise during 2009 on a year to

effective.

year basis, the year did see a welcome respite from the

The revamped human resource department is introducing

accelerating  rates  of  cost  inflation  that  have  been  a

new defined indicators for evaluating performance and is

regular  feature  of  oil  palm  cultivation  in  recent  years.

establishing objective criteria for determining the relative

Fertiliser  prices  fell  from  the  high  peaks  that  they  had

importance  of  different  management  and  supervisory

seen  in  2008  and  diesel  oil  prices  reduced  along  with

positions  within  the  agricultural  operations.    A  new

petroleum  oil  prices.    Local  cost  inflation  was  kept  in

remuneration structure is being put in place to ensure that

check  by  a  strengthening  of  the  Indonesian  rupiah

remuneration  is  competitive  and  fair  and  appropriately

against  the  US  dollar.    Unfortunately,  the  inflation

reflects  the  new  grading  of  positions  and  industry

prospects for 2010 are less promising with fertiliser and

benchmarks.  The performance management system and

diesel oil prices again going up.  The group has, however,

new remuneration structure are being phased in gradually

already fixed prices for the majority of its 2010 fertiliser

and are expected to be implemented fully during 2011.  

requirements at good levels and the resumed expansion

programme and increasing crops from the areas already

Almost  all  members  of  the  workforce  and  their

under cultivation should moderate the inflationary impact

dependants are housed in group housing in a network of

on unit costs.

28

villages  across  the  group  estates.    All  villages  are

equipped with potable water and electricity and provided

with  a  range  of  amenity  buildings  including  mosques,

churches, shops, schools and crèches.  A trust funded by

the group operates a network of primary schools across

the  group's  estates  and  the  group  provides  financial

Wherever possible, the group fills available staff positions

assistance  to  state  secondary  schools  serving  the

by internal promotion.   The continuing expansion of the

children  of  the  group's  employees.    In  2009,  88  pupils

agricultural operations gives the group the ability to offer

from  the  group’s  primary  schools  sat  examinations  for

graduates the prospect of an attractive career path.  Until

entry to state secondary schools and a 100 per cent pass

recently,  the  graduate  intake  was  limited  to  graduates

rate was achieved.  

holding agricultural qualifications but this was broadened

in 2009 to include engineering graduates.  It is planned

The group runs its own health service with a medical clinic

that  future  graduate  recruitment  should  be  further

in each estate village and a central hospital.  The clinics

broadened to include a wider spectrum of graduates with

and hospital are open not only to the group's employees

the aim of providing the group with a pool of staff qualified

and  their  dependents  but  also  to  members  of  the  local

to manage all aspects of the group’s agricultural activities.

communities.    The  group  actively  supports  measures  to

control endemic diseases and to further the education of

Continued  training  is  provided  for  staff  at  all  levels.

its  workforce  in  hygiene  and  similar  health  matters.    No

Regular  programmes  are  constructed  by,  and  operated

incidents of vector borne diseases (such as dengue fever

out  of,  the  group's  own  training  school.      These  are

and  malaria)  were  reported  on  the  group’s  agricultural

supplemented  by  external  management  development

estates during 2009. 

courses and attendance at industry conferences.  A wide

variety  of  topics  is  covered  including  health  and  safety

The group has health and safety policies that are clearly

and  sustainability.    New  programmes  introduced  during

communicated  to  all  employees  and  are  managed

2009 

included  communication  skills  and  English

through regular meetings on each operating unit attended

language courses.

by  management  and  employee  representatives.  The

minutes  from  all  such  meetings  are  reviewed  by  senior

The group promotes a policy for the creation of equal and

management  ultimately  accountable  to  the  group

ethnically  diverse  employment  opportunities  and

managing  director  and  appropriate  action  is  taken  to

encourages  the  establishment  of  forums  in  which

remedy any deficiencies identified.  There were no serious

employees  or  their  representatives  can  have  free  and

accidents  to  members  of  the  group’s  agricultural

open dialogue with the group’s management.  

workforce during 2009.

Community development

Having available staff in the numbers and with the skills

and commitment that are required is vital to the group in

The  group  believes  that  maintenance  of  good  relations

its  efforts  to  establish  best  practice  in  all  aspects  of  its

with,  and  encouraging  the  development  of, 

local

agricultural  activities.    In  most  years,  graduates  from

communities  in  its  areas  of  operation  is  an  essential

Indonesian  universities  are  recruited  to  join  a  twelve

component of its agricultural operations.   To this end, the

month  cadet  training  programme  organised  by  the

group provides assistance to adjacent villages by helping

group’s  training  school  and  providing  a  grounding  in  oil

with road building and other infrastructural requirements

palm estate management.  Those successfully completing

and  encourages  joint  social  and  cultural  activities

the programme are offered management positions.

between its employees and local villagers.  Infrastructural

projects planned for 2010 include provision of electricity

generating  sets  to  five  local  villages,  replacement  of  a

29

Review of the group continued

village bridge and drilling of tube wells in two villages to

the  group  provides  support  by  way  of  agreements  to

provide drinking water.

purchase produce and financial and technical assistance.

Such  projects  have  included  chicken  and  duck  rearing,

The  group  has  established  a  separate  department  to

fish farming, fruit, vegetable and rice cultivation and bee

liaise  with  the  local  communities  and  to  formulate  and

keeping.    To  date,  projects  of  this  type  have  been

manage  the  group's  community  development  initiatives.

organised  by  small  groups  of  individual  villagers.    Going

Staffed  with  a  manager  and  four  assistants,  the

forward,  the  group  hopes  to  encourage  projects

department  is  the  primary  interface  between  the  group

organised by village cooperatives so as to permit projects

and  the  local  communities.    In  addition,  a  liaison

on a slightly larger scale and to widen the opportunity for

committee  established  in  2009  and  made  up  of

members of each village to participate in such projects if

representatives  of  the  group  and  the  local  communities

they so wish. 

now  meets  regularly  and  provides  a  forum  in  which

concerns of any of the parties represented can be aired

Smallholder programmes

formally.

The  community  development  department  plays  an

areas  adjacent  to  the  group's  agricultural  operations  in

important role in the titling of new agricultural land areas

establishing their own smallholdings of oil palm.  

The group continues to support the local communities in

allocated  to  the  group.    It  oversees  the  production  by

external consultants of the community needs assessment

that the group now commissions in all new areas prior to

any  development  of  such  areas.    It  explains  to  the  local

communities the implications of oil palm development and

Until  2009,  this  support  was  provided  to  individual
smallholders  pursuant  to  a  scheme  known  as  “Program
Pengembang  Masyarakyat  Desa”  or  “PPMD”.    Under  this
scheme, each individual smallholder cultivates oil palm on

it  seeks  to  identify  and  meet  local  concerns  so  that  the

his  own  two  hectare  plot.    The  group  provides  technical

free,  prior  and  informed  consent  of  local  people  is

advice and supplies each smallholder with fertilisers and

obtained for new developments.

chemicals on deferred terms on the basis that when the

smallholder’s  oil  palm  plantings  reach  maturity,  all  FFB

The department is also responsible for assisting the local

produced will be sold to the group for processing and the

communities  in  establishing  self  help  programmes  that

group will, on an agreed basis, recover from the amounts

will  assist  with  their  economic  development.    Such

payable  for  the  FFB,  the  deferred  amounts  owed  to  the

programmes fall into two categories:  first, smallholder oil

group.  At  31  December  2009,  some  1,560  hectares  of

palm  plantings  (which  are  made  viable  by  the  nearby

smallholder plantings had been established following this

availability of group oil mills able to process the FFB crops

model across 14 local villages.  

that the plantings will produce);  and, secondly, community

projects that can take advantage of the readily accessible

Although interest from the local village communities in the

local  market  for  produce  that  the  proximate  group

cultivation  of  oil  palm  has  been  increasing  year  by  year,

workforce provides.

over recent years it has become progressively clearer that

the  logistical  constraints  of  dealing  with  a  large  number

More detailed information regarding smallholder oil palm

of individuals, each of whom operates on a relatively small

plantings is given under “Smallholder programmes” below.

area, will inevitably limit the rate at which the group can

As  respects  the  other  community  development  projects,

expand  the  smallholdings  that  it  supports  under  the

30

PPMD  scheme.    Accordingly,  in  order  to  accelerate  the

supplemented to the extent necessary by funds advanced

rate  of  smallholder  development  by 

local  village

by  the  group.    The  group  aims  to  initiate  further  plasma

communities,  the  group  decided  that,  while  it  would

schemes  during  2010  on  land  areas  totalling  3,000

continue to support established smallholdings under the

hectares provided by cooperatives formed by a number of

PPMD scheme, it would concentrate its future efforts on

villages.    It  is  intended  that  these  schemes  will  be

supporting  local  village  cooperatives  in  developing  oil

organised on a basis similar to that adopted for the initial

palm  on  larger  areas  pursuant  to  what  are  known  as

scheme.

“plasma  schemes”  (such  terminology  reflecting  an

analogy  with  elementary  particle  physics  in  which  a

Whilst the group views its support for smallholder oil palm

company’s  estates  represent  a  “nucleus”  and  the

plantings  in  the  local  communities  adjacent  to  its

associated smallholders a “plasma” of linked particles).

operations  as  part  of  its  social  obligations  to  those

communities,  the  discharge  of  those  obligations  will  be

Under  the  plasma  scheme  model,  the  land  areas  for

mutually  beneficial  to  the  communities  and  the  group.

development are provided by village cooperatives but the

The  communities  will  benefit  from  the  economic

development is managed by the group for a fee with the

development generated as a result of the plantings while

advantage  that  development  and  production  standards

the group will benefit from the additional throughput in its

similar  to  those  of  the  group  can  be  established  in  the

oil mills that will result from the processing of FFB from

plasma areas.  The costs of development are borne by the

the plantings.

cooperatives  but  with  funding  from  external  sources

provided on terms that FFB produced by the cooperatives

Conservation

will  be  sold  to  the  group  and  that  the  group  will  ensure

that,  out  of  the  proceeds  of  such  sale,  the  cooperatives

From the outset, the group has planned the development

meet  their  debt  service  obligations  in  respect  of  the

of its agricultural operations on the basis of environmental

external funding. 

impact assessments and advice provided by independent

experts.  It continues to do so.  Within the areas already

2009  saw  the  establishment  by  the  group  of  its  first

developed,  approximately  6,000  hectares  have  been

plasma  scheme.    Out  of  an  initial  gross  area  of  1,500

retained  as  conservation  reserves  with  the  aim  of

hectares provided by a cooperative of three local villages,

conserving flora and fauna and enhancing the biodiversity

1,300 hectares were cleared and a total of 770 hectares

of  the  landscape.    Areas  identified  as  requiring

had been planted by year end.  The balance of the 1,300

conservation  and  set  aside  as  part  of  the  planning

hectares  cleared  area  will  be  planted  during  2010.

process for each new development area will be added to

Cooperative members form the core labour force for the

the conservation reserves as the group expands. 

scheme but are supplemented when necessary by labour

from the group’s estates for which the group renders an

As  with  community  development,  the  group  has

appropriate charge.  Financing for the scheme has been

established  a  separate  department  (“REA  Kon”)  to

agreed  with  a  local  development  bank  in  the  form  of  a

implement the group’s conservation objectives.  Led by an

fifteen  year  loan  secured  on  the  land  and  assets  of  the

experienced  local  manager  with  a  staff  of  eight  and

scheme and guaranteed by a member of the group.  It is

advised  by  an  international  conservation  expert,  the

expected  that  the  loan  will  finance  most  of  the  initial

department  has  established  a  long  term  development

development  costs  of 

the  scheme  but  will  be

plan  for  the  period  2010  to  2015  with  the  following

objectives:

31

Review of the group continued

•

within  the  locality  of  the  group’s  agricultural

2009.  REA Kon is monitoring the health of this promising

operations,  compiling  a  detailed  record  of  the

orang-utan  population  and  will  consider  enrichment

physical  attributes  of  the  landscape,  of  its  bio-

planting in the conservation reserves if it appears that the

diversity  resources  and  of  the  status  and  value  of

naturally available food resources need to be enhanced. 

those resources in a local, national and international

context;

• minimising  or  eliminating  adverse  human  impacts

from the group’s plantation operations on soil, water

and biological communities;

achieving 

biodiversity 

conservation 

through

education and cooperation with local communities to

promote both protection and sustainable use; and

•

•

seeking  conservation  outcomes  that  provide  long

term  benefits  to  species,  local  communities  and  the

plantings.

Quarterly  monitoring  of  water  quality  in  all  rivers  in  the

conservation  reserves  on  the  north  of  the  Belayan  was

initiated  during  2009  and  this  will  be  extended  to  the

tributaries in the conservation reserves on the south bank

during  2010.    Mapping  of  pest  outbreaks  in  selected

group  estates  has  also  started  and  REA  Kon  intends

during  2010  and  2011  to  study  the  contribution  that

forest predators can make to pest control within oil palm

group.

A number of conservation education camps for children in

the group’s primary schools were organised by REA Kon

REA  Kon  augments 

its  effectiveness 

through

during 2009.  It is planned to continue this programme in

partnerships  with  local  bodies  and  international  non

2010 and to invite children in local village schools to join

governmental  organisations. 

  Since  commencing

the camps.  Conservation for added value schemes have

operations in 2008, the department has organised clear

been  started  whereby  local  villages  are  provided  with

physical demarcation of all existing conservation reserves

seedlings of rattan and fruit trees to be planted in, and at

and has established a permanent database on flora and

the  periphery  of,  the  group’s  conservation  reserves.

fauna that are found within the reserves and neighbouring

These schemes are intended to enhance sustainable use

watercourses.    Up  to  the  end  of  2009,  a  total  of  38

and deter destruction of the areas by local slash and burn

species of mammals, 143 species of birds and 71 species

farming.

of  cold-blooded  vertebrates  (such  as  frogs,  snakes  and

lizards)  had  been 

logged  on 

land. 

In  addition,

The  directors  believe  that  there  is  scope  to  extend  the

collaboration  in  studies  of  aquatic  fauna  conducted  with

REA  Kon  activities  beyond  the  immediate  areas  of  the

the  Indonesian  Institute  for  Sciences  and  Dr  Maurice

group's  agricultural  operations  into  the  wider  Belayan

Kottelat, a leading ichthyologist, had recorded in total over

river  basin  and  that  to  do  so  would  increase  the

100  species  of  fish  and  described  several  previously
unknown species (including Leiocassis sp, Pangio sp and
Rasbora sp).

conservation gains that can be delivered.   To this end the

group  has  established  a  charitable  foundation,  the

Yayasan  Ulin  (“YU”)  or  Ironwood  Foundation,  which  the

group supports but which is also in a position to accept

Camera  trapping  and  walking  surveys  within  the

donations from, and work with, third parties.  YU will focus

conservation  reserves  and  adjacent  estate  areas  have

on  promoting  conservation  of  areas  external  to  the

detected a number of orang-utans (estimated at between

group’s  plantations.    YU  is  assisted  by  a  board  of

11 and 15).  At least two baby orang-utans are known to

respected international and local scientific advisers and is

have  been  born  on  the  conservation  reserves  during

managed  on  the  ground  by  senior  REA  Kon  staff.    In

32

 
addition  to  the  group,  donors  to  date  have  included  a

reduction  in  the  annual  use  of  inorganic  fertiliser  per

number  of  zoological  and  conservation  organisations  as

mature  hectare  from  1.1  tonnes  to  0.9  tonnes.    It  is

well as private individuals.

Sustainable practices

estimated that the conversion to composting will result in

a  further  reduction  of  0.2  tonnes  per  hectare.    There  is

evidence  to  suggest  that  when  natural  fertiliser  is

substituted for inorganic fertiliser of an equivalent nutrient

The  group  recognises  its  social  obligations  as  respects

content there is an effectiveness gain because the natural

pollution  and  energy  efficiency.    The  group  operates  a

fertiliser  enhances  soil  structure  and  thereby  improves

zero burning policy in relation to land development and, in

plant uptake of nutrients.

dry periods, maintains active fire patrols in an effort to limit

the  risks  of  accidental  fires.    Corridors  are  used  to

Handling  arrangements  are  designed  to  ensure  that  no

separate  all  plantings  from  water  courses  and  the  latter

CPO,  CPKO  or  effluent  passes  into  water  courses.

are  regularly  monitored  to  ensure  that  they  are  not

Regrettably  during  2009,  one  accidental  spillage

contaminated  by  leaching  of  fertilisers  and  chemicals.

occurred  during  the  transfer  of  CPO  from  a  riverside

The  group  actively  promotes 

integrated  pest

loading point to a barge.  Back pressure caused by a kink

management  throughout  its  operations.    Wherever

in a flexible pipe leading from a pump at the loading point

possible, natural predators are preferred to pesticides for

to the barge led the flexible pipe to detach from the pump

pest control.  Selective varieties of flowering plants have

and for a few minutes, until pumping was stopped, CPO

been planted throughout the group’s estates to promote

was  discharged  into  the  Belayan  river.    Compensation

the  population  of  wasps,  the  natural  predators  of

was paid to the affected villagers and urgent steps were

bagworm and caterpillars.

taken  to  prevent  a  recurrence,  including  improved

bunding at pumping points and better supervision of CPO

All processing waste is recycled.  As noted under “Costs”

loading.

in “Operations” above, this has always been the case but

changes  were  made  during  2009  to  increase  the

Fibre extracted during the milling of oil palm fruit is used

efficiency of the recycling process and thereby reduce the

to fuel oil mill boilers from which steam is generated.  The

group’s  dependence  on  inorganic  fertilisers.      Oil  mill

steam is then used to drive steam turbines for generating

effluent  continues  to  be  treated  in  effluent  ponds  but,

electricity.   This electricity is sufficient to power not only

whereas  previously  the  treated  effluent  and  empty  fruit

the group’s oil mills but also to provide power to several

bunches  were  simply  distributed  in  the  oil  palm  areas,

estate villages.  However, the power is not sufficient for all

these residues are now combined into a compost which is

villages  and  power  can  anyway  only  be  provided  by  this

also applied in the oil palm areas but results in a greater

means  when  the  mills  are  running.    The  agricultural

reduction  in  the  requirement  for  inorganic  fertiliser  than

operations  are  therefore  heavily  dependent  on  diesel

the  previous  recycling  of  untreated  residues  permitted.

generated  power  and  this,  coupled  with  diesel  use  in

The  residue  from  palm  kernel  milling,  which  is  less

vehicles, results in a currently estimated consumption of

suitable for composting, continues to be recycled directly

90 litres of diesel oil per tonne of CPO produced.

back to the oil palm areas.  

The  group  estimates  that,  prior  to  the  introduction  of

efficiency  in  its  use  of  diesel  oil  by  capturing  methane

composting,  recycling  of  processing  waste  resulted  in  a

released  during  the  digestion  of  mill  effluent  and  then

The  group  is  considering  a  project  to  achieve  greater

33

Review of the group continued

utilising such methane to drive gas powered generators.

required  systems  and  controls.    This  process  is  now

This would not only materially reduce the group's use of

substantially  complete  and  the  group  has  therefore

diesel  for  power  generation  but  would  also  substantially

applied  for  RSPO  accreditation  audits  (conducted  by

eliminate current methane emissions from effluent ponds.

RSPO  approved  independent  certifiers)  to  be  initiated

Preliminary estimates suggest that such a project would

during  2010  with  a  view  to  obtaining  final  certification

provide  additional  power  capacity  of  between  2  to  3

during  2011.    Compliance  with  RSPO  procedures  and

megawatts per oil mill but would involve investment of up

standards is exacting but the group remains committed to

to  $4  million  per  mill  (more  than  originally  thought)  in

long  term  sustainable  development  and  eventual

establishing the methane capture facilities, gas powered

production of certified sustainable palm oil.

generating  capacity  and  additional  electrical  reticulation

that  would  be  required.    The  group  has  now,  with  the

Once obtained both ISO 14001 and RSPO accreditations

assistance of the Danish Ministry of Climate and Energy,

are subject to periodic independent recertification.

pre-registered the contemplated project under the United

Nations  Framework  Convention  on  Climate  Change  and

Both ISO 14001 rules and RSPO principles and criteria

hopes  to  be  accepted  for  full  registration  during  2010.

include requirements relating to environmental and social

This  would  permit  the  group,  upon  completion  of  the

conduct.  As a substantial Indonesian plantation operator,

project,  to  obtain  carbon  credits  under  the  Clean

REA  Kaltim  is  also  subject  to  periodic  appraisal  of  its

Development Mechanism which would make it easier to

governance  in  relation  to  environmental  and  social

justify the capital commitment that is involved. 

matters  pursuant  to  a  programme  managed  by  the

Accreditation and verification

Indonesian  Ministry  of  Environment  and  known  as

“PROPER”.   PROPER evaluations are conducted by both

the  East  Kalimantan  provincial  authorities  and  by  the

The  group  has  obtained  ISO  14001  certification  in

central  government  authorities  and  the  results  of  the

respect of both of its mills, the kernel crushing plant and

evaluations  are  marked  by  the  presentation  of  coloured

two  of  the  REA  Kaltim  estate  units.    It  is  hoped  that

flags  ranging  from  black  for  the  poorest  assessment  to

certification  of  the  balance  of  REA  Kaltim’s  estate  units

gold  for  the  best.    In  2009,  REA  Kaltim  was  again

and  of  the  SYB  estate  units  will  be  completed  during

awarded  a  green  flag  following  the  provincial  PROPER

2010. 

assessment  but,  regrettably,  was  downgraded  from  the

preceding year’s green flag to a blue flag by the central

The group is a member of the Roundtable on Sustainable

government  assessment.    The  downgrade  reflected  the

Palm  Oil  (“RSPO”)  which  has  produced  a  set  of  eight

inspection  team’s  finding  of  sub-optimal  exhaust

principles and 39 criteria for the sustainable production of

emissions  from  the  deteriorating  boiler  in  the  group’s

palm  oil.    Whilst  the  directors  believe  that  the  group's

older  oil  mill  (as  referred  to  under  “Processing  and

operational  practices  already  meet  the  requirements  of

transport  facilities”  in  “Operations”  above).  These  will  be

RSPO,  accreditation  will  require  that  such  operational

eliminated by replacement of this boiler which is in hand.

practices  are  embedded  in  formal  systems  and  are

In the meanwhile, efforts are being made to improve boiler

subject to controls that are auditable.  Over the past two

combustion by better monitoring of moisture in, and mix

years,  in  tandem  with  the  ISO  14001  certification

of, the processing residues that fuel the boiler.

process,  the  group  has,  with  assistance  from  external

consultants, taken steps to ensure that it has in place the

In  line  with  its  policy  of  continuous  improvement,  the

group  employs  an  international  firm  of  consultants  to

34

conduct periodic reviews of management performance in

which are wholly owned by the group's local partners and

relation  to  production  and  environmental  practices  and

which in turn own the company holding the Kota Bangun

social  responsibility.    Conclusions  and  recommendations

concession.  A fourth company, PT KCC Mining Services

are  carefully  reviewed  by  senior  operating  management

Indonesia,  incorporated  under  the  Indonesian  foreign

and the group’s managing director.  Material concerns are

investment  law  and  owned  95  per  cent  by  KCC

discussed by the board of the company and appropriate

Resources Limited (“KCC”) (a wholly owned subsidiary of

responsive action is taken.

Coal operations

the company incorporated in England and Wales that acts

as  a  co-ordinating  company  for  the  group's  coal

operations) and 5 per cent by the local partners, has been

established  by  KCC  to  spearhead  the  group's  coal

Concessions and structure

operations.  

Following  its  acquisition  of  interests  in  the  Liburdinding

The three coal mining concession holding companies are

and  Muser  coal  mining  concessions  located  near  Tanah

being financed by loan funding from the group.  KCC will

Grogot  in  the  southern  part  of  East  Kalimantan  in  the

have  the  right  to  acquire  the  concession  holding

second half of 2008, the group further extended its coal

companies  at  original  cost  as  soon  as  Indonesian  law

operations in December 2009 with the acquisition of an

allows  this  on  a  basis  that  will  give  the  group  (through

interest  in  a  third  coal  mining  concession  located  near

KCC)  95  per  cent  ownership  with  the  balance  of  5  per

Kota Bangun in the central part of East Kalimantan which

cent  remaining  owned  by  the  local  partners.    In  the

was  purchased  for  a  cash  consideration  of  $4,500,000.

interim,  the  group  will  receive  appropriate  remuneration

The Liburdinding and Muser concessions cover areas of,

for  the  funding  and  services  that  it  provides  to  the

respectively, 1,000 hectares and 2,100 hectares and the

concession holding companies and no dividends or other

Kota Bangun concession an area of 4,400 hectares.

distributions  or  payments  may  be  paid  or  made  by  the

concession  holding  companies  to  the  local  partners

Until  recently,  Indonesian  law  restricted  foreign  direct

without the prior agreement of KCC.

ownership of Indonesian companies holding coal mining

concessions but a new Indonesian mining law enacted in

The rights held by the concession holding companies in

December  2008  permits  such  ownership  (subject  to  a

respect  of 

the  Liburdinding  and  Kota  Bangun

provision that foreign controlled mining companies must

concessions  are  in  the  form  of  exploitation  licences.

be owned locally to the extent of not less than 20 per cent

These licences are valid for terms expiring, respectively, in

within  a  prescribed  period  after  such  companies

2013 and 2016, but are renewable on expiry.  Currently,

commence commercial mining operations).

Muser  is  held  on  an  exploration  licence  but  this  will  be

converted into an exploitation licence which will be for an

Pending  clarification  of  how  the  new  mining  law  will  be

initial  term  of  five  years  and  will  also  be  renewable  on

applied  in  practice  (which  will  reflect  regulations

expiry.    Royalties  based  on  coal  sales  are  payable  in

implementing  the  law  that  have  only  recently  been

respect of Liburdinding and Muser at the rates of 13 and

published), the group has entered into arrangements with

5 per cent, respectively, and will be payable in respect of

a local investor and members of his family (together the

Kota  Bangun  at  the  rate  of  13  per  cent.    All  three

group's  “local  partners”)  whereby  the  Liburdinding  and

concession  holding  companies  will  be  required  to

Muser concessions are currently held by two companies

reconstitute  the  areas  mined  when  coal  extraction  has

been completed.

35

Review of the group continued

Geological  surveys  conducted  to  date  suggest  that  the

Java  to  facilitate  deliveries  to  industrial  users  of  coal  in

concessions  contain  commercial  deposits  of  coal

that area (a large coal consuming district) and to permit

accessible by open cast mining and having typical gross

blending  with  other  coal  to  meet  specific  buyer

calorific values of between 5,800 and 6,200 kilocalories

requirements.    The  Semarang  depot  is  now  in  operation

per kilogramme (“kcal/kg”) air dried basis (“ADB”) in the

and sales of Liburdinding coal are being made through it.

case of Liburdinding, between 7,000 and 7,200 kcal/kg

Additionally,  with  the  recovery  in  coal  prices  of  recent

ADB in the case of Muser and between 8,500 and 9,500

months,  export  demand  has  improved  and  some  export

kcal/kg ADB in the case of Kota Bangun.  Inferred coal

shipments of Liburdinding coal are in prospect.  For 2010,

reserves  are  estimated  at  14.7  million  tonnes  for

the  group  is  budgeting  for  output  from  Liburdinding  of

Liburdinding, 17.6 million tonnes for Muser and not less

150,000  tonnes  with  a  maximum  stripping  ratio  (being

than  2  million  tonnes  for  Kota  Bangun.    Geological

the amount of earth and rock (or “overburden”) required to

surveys to delineate more precisely the available reserves

be removed to gain access to the coal, expressed as the

are continuing.

number  of  cubic  metres  of  overburden  in  situ  to  be

removed to extract one tonne of coal) of 7 to 1.

The group is investigating the possibility of one of the coal

mining concession holding companies obtaining a licence

The  group  also  intends  that  the  newly  acquired  Kota

to  quarry  stone  from  an  area  near  to  the  group's

Bangun  concession  should  be  brought  into  production

agricultural estates with a view to selling crushed stone to

during 2010 with a view to achieving, by December 2010,

the  group's  agricultural  operations  and  to  third  parties

an output of 16,000 tonnes per month.  Mining plans for

operating in the vicinity of those operations.

the concession were completed in the early part of 2010

Mine development

a  mining  contractor  has  been  appointed  and  initial

removal of overburden should start in the near future.  The

Kota  Bangun  concession  is  projected  to  involve  a

During  2009,  the  group's  development  focus  was  on

stripping  ratio  of  in  excess  of  20  to  1  and  will  require

bringing the Liburdinding concession into production.  A

blasting  of  the  overburden.    However,  the  Kota  Bangun

mining  plan  had  been  completed,  and  the  necessary

concession  is  well  located,  being  approximately  5

infrastructural facilities (principally a port facility and a 38

kilometres from the Mahakam river and the high calorific

kilometre road to the port) were substantially complete, by

value coal that the concession contains is very suitable for

June  2009.    However,  the  group  withdrew  from  its

export.  

original  plan  to  establish,  as  rapidly  as  possible,  a

production  level  of  30,000  tonnes  per  month  when  it

Continuing  geological  assessments  of  the  Muser

became clear that the sulphur content of the Liburdinding

concession  indicate  that  the  Muser  coal  deposits  are

coal was such that, in what had become a buyer's market

complex  and  that  the  overburden  includes  rock  that

for export coal, it would be necessary either to blend the

cannot  easily  be  removed  without  blasting  which  may

coal  mined  with  purchased  coal  having  a  lower  sulphur

pose  problems  given  that  there  are  villages  located  in

content or to accept a significant price penalty.  

quite  close  proximity  to  the  concession.  Moreover,  the

Muser  coal  has  a  higher  sulphur  content  than  the

The group concluded that it was important to be able to

Liburdinding  coal.    The  group  therefore  intends  to

market Liburdinding coal within Indonesia and steps were

continue geological exploration at Muser during 2010 but

taken  to  establish  a  coal  depot  at  Semarang  in  Central

to  defer  bringing  the  concession  into  production  until

36

commercial  levels  of  output  are  being  obtained  from

The  group  aims  to  augment  the  basic  mining  revenues

Liburdinding and Kota Bangun.

Markets, revenues and costs

from  the  Liburdinding  and  Kota  Bangun  concessions  in

two  respects  during  2010.    First,  it  intends  to  make

available the port facility established for the Liburdinding

concession  for  use  by  third  parties  for  an  appropriate

Within the Asia Pacific region, China and India are large

charge.  Secondly, the group intends to take advantage of

coal producers but their internal production is inadequate

the  acceptance  of  one  of  the  concession  holding

to meet their energy requirements.  The shortfall is made

companies  as  one  of  a  limited  number  of  approved

up  by  imports  primarily  from  Indonesia  and  Australia.    A

suppliers to PLN to establish a limited coal trading activity

number  of  other  Asian  Pacific  countries  also  have

in  which  the  group  will  source  coal  from  third  parties,

demand  for  imported  coal.      Because  coal  is  bulky,

either  by  outright  purchase  or  by  mining  third  party

economic  availability  is  constrained  by  logistics.      The

concessions  against  payment  of  an  agreed  royalty,  and

directors consider that this offers excellent opportunities

will then sell the coal so sourced to PLN and others.  As

for  Indonesian  coal  producers  because  Indonesia  is

both  of  these  proposed  additions  to  the  coal  operations

geographically  well  located  for  the  main  Asia  Pacific

will be new, there can be no certainty as to how fast and

markets  and  much  of  its  coal  (particularly  in  East

in  what  volumes  they  can  be  added.    However,  the

Kalimantan) is located adjacent to rivers which provide an

directors  consider  it  reasonable  to  aim  over  time  to

economic method of evacuation   Furthermore, in addition

achieve levels of 20,000 tonnes per month of third party

to the potential of an expanding export market driven by

throughput through the Liburdinding port and of 50,000

increasing  demand  for  coal  generated  power,  Indonesia

tonnes  per  month  of  traded  coal  sales  (sourced  by  a

can  expect  significant  growth  in  internal  demand  as  the

combination  of  outright  purchases  and  mining  of  third

Indonesian state electricity company (“PLN”) implements

party concessions under royalty arrangements).

plans  to  expand  generating  capacity  from  an  existing

25,000  megawatts  to  44,000  megawatts  with  the

The  group  is  budgeting  the  overheads  of  its  coal

addition  of  10,000  megawatts  during  2010  and  the

operations  for  2010  (excluding  head  office  costs  in  the

balance of 9,000 megawatts by 2014.

UK, interest, depreciation and amortisation) at $100,000

per  month.    Once  commercial  levels  of  production  are

The  directors  believe  that  the  published  Newcastle

being achieved, production costs per tonne are projected

globalCOAL weekly index, when adjusted for differences

in the ranges $64 to $78 per tonne for Kota Bangun coal

in calorific values (the index being based on coal of net

and  $23  to  $29  per  tonne  for  Liburdinding  coal.    Net

calorific value of 6,000 kcal/kg), has over time provided a

contribution  from  third  party  coal  throughput  in  the

reasonable  indicator  of  prevailing  East  Kalimantan  coal

Liburdinding port is projected at $2.50 per tonne and the

prices.  This index opened 2009 at $79 per tonne, rose to

contribution  margins  achievable  on  traded  coal  sales  at

a  high  of  $88  during  January,  then,  in  the  wake  of  the

between $5 and $10 per tonne (depending on the mix of

world  economic  downturn,  fell  to  a  low  during  April  of

coal  sourced  by  outright  purchase  and  coal  sourced  by

under $60 before recovering gradually to close the year

mining third party concessions).  The overall results of the

at $85.  The index recovered further during January 2010

coal  operations  will  be  critically  dependent  upon  sales

to a high of just over $100 and currently stands at $98.

volumes and prevailing coal prices.

37

Review of the group continued

Sustainable practices

expected to be harvested from the group's oil palms over

the full remaining productive lives of the palms and to an

In  developing  its  mining  activities,  the  group  remains

estimated  profit  margin  per  tonne  of  FFB  so  harvested.

committed  to  observing  international  standards  of  best

This estimated unit profit margin is based on current costs

environmental practice. Steps are being taken to establish

and  an  estimated  produce  value  for  transfer  to  mill

health  and  safety  procedures  to  protect  and  safeguard

derived from a 20 year average of historic CPO prices but

the  welfare  of  all  persons  involved  with  the  mining

is  buffered  to  restrict  any  implied  change  in  margin  in

operations,  to  ensure  the  proper  management  of  waste

contradiction of the trend in current margins.  The 20 year

water  and  to  provide  for  the  reinstatement,  in  so  far  as

average  CPO  price,  FOB  port  of  Samarinda  and  net  of

reasonably practicable, of land areas affected by mining

Indonesian export duty, to 31 December 2009 amounted

to  their  original  condition  upon  completion  of  mining

to  $446  per  tonne  which  is  higher  than  the  20  year

operations.

Finances

Accounting policies

average  to  31  December  2008  of  $431  per  tonne.

However, because of inflation, the unit profit margin per

tonne  of  FFB  harvested  implied  by  the  average  price  of

$446  and  the  current  unit  cost  of  production  would  be

lower  than  the  unit  profit  margin  assumed  at  31

December  2008  although  the  unit  profit  margin  that  is

The  group  continues  to  report  in  accordance  with

currently  being  achieved  is,  in  reality,  greater  than  that

International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  (“IFRS”)  and

margin.  Accordingly, the same unit profit margin as that

to  present  its  financial  statements  in  US  dollars.    The

assumed  as  at  31  December  2008  (namely  $50  per

company  continues  to  prepare  its  individual  financial

tonne of FFB) has been applied in valuing the biological

statements  in  sterling  and  in  accordance  with  UK

assets as at 31 December 2009.

Generally Accepted Accounting Practice; accordingly the

company’s  individual  financial  statements  are  presented

The discount rates used for the purposes of the biological

separately from the consolidated financial statements.  

asset revaluation at 31 December 2009 were 16 per cent

in the case of REA Kaltim and 19 per cent in the case of

The accounting policies applied under IFRS are set out in

all  other  group  companies  (31  December  2008:

the  “Accounting  policies  (group)”  section  of  this  annual

respectively, 16 per cent and 19 per cent).  The directors

report.  The accounting policy relating to biological assets

believe  that  the  risks  of  successfully  harvesting  FFB

(comprising  oil  palm  plantings  and  nurseries)  is  of

projected to be produced from newly developed areas are

particular  importance.    Such  assets  are  not  depreciated

significantly  greater  than  those  of  harvesting  the

but  are  instead  restated  at  fair  value  at  each  reporting

projected  FFB  crops  from  established  estates.    They

date  and  the  movement  on  valuation  over  the  reporting

consider  it  appropriate  to  reflect  this  risk  differential  by

period,  after  adjustment  for  additions  and  disposals,  is

applying  a  discount  rate  of  19  per  cent  to  newly

taken to income.  Deferred tax is provided or credited as

established  areas,  reducing  this  to  17.5  per  cent  as  an

appropriate in respect of each such movement.

area becomes well established and then further to 16 per

cent  when  plantings  in  an  established  area  become

As in previous years, the fair value of the biological assets

predominantly  mature.    The  discount  rates  used  at  31

at 31 December 2009 has been derived by the directors

December  2009  and  31  December  2008  were  derived

on a discounted cash flow basis by reference to the FFB

accordingly.

38

The directors recognise that the IFRS accounting policy in

higher  than  the  comparable  figure  for  2008  of  $27.7

relation to biological assets does have theoretical merits

million.  Other significant movements in the components

in  charging  each  year  to  income  a  proper  measure  of

of operating profit between 2008 and 2009 comprised a

capital consumed (so that, for example, a fair distinction is

positive  swing 

in  the  aggregate 

IFRS  fair  value

drawn each year between the cost of the shortening life

adjustments  of  $18.2  million  (reflecting  gains  of  $11.3

expectancy  of  younger  plantings  still  capable  of  many

million  in  2009  against  losses  of  $6.9  million  in  2008)

years of cropping and that of older plantings nearing the

and an increase in administrative expenses ($7.2 million

end  of  their  productive  lives).    It  does,  nevertheless,

in 2009 against $3.5 million in 2008).

concern  the  directors  that  no  estimate  of  fair  value  can

ever be completely accurate (particularly in a business in

The  2009  gains  on  IFRS  fair  value  adjustments

which selling prices and costs are subject to very material

comprised  a  gain  of  $1.5  million  on  the  revaluation  of

fluctuations).    Moreover,  in  the  case  of  the  group’s

agricultural produce inventory and a gain of $9.8 million

biological  assets,  small  differences 

in  valuation

on the revaluation of biological assets (2008:  losses of,

assumptions can have a quite disproportionate effect on

respectively, $4.2 million and $2.7 million).  The gain on

results.  The biological assets are recorded in the group

revaluation  of  agricultural  produce  inventory  reflected  a

balance sheet at 31 December 2009 at $204 million.  An

higher  CPO  price  at  31  December  2009  than  at  31

increase  or  reduction  of  $5  per  tonne  in  the  estimated

December 2008 partly offset by a reduction in inventory

profit margin used for the purpose of the valuation of $50

volumes, while the gain on revaluation of biological assets

per tonne of FFB would increase or reduce the valuation

resulted  mainly  from  the  reinstatement  of  the  group's

by approximately $22 million.

extension planting programme and the resultant increase

in planted hectarage during 2009.

Sales  of  coal  made  during  2009  were  minimal  and  the

gross  assets  of  the  group’s  coal  operations  at  31

An  apparently  marked 

increase 

in  administrative

December 2009 represented only some 3 per cent of the

expenses  from  $3.5  million  in  2008  to  $7.2  million  in

group’s gross assets.  Accordingly, no separate segmental

2009  was  almost  entirely  accounted  for  by  a  reduction

report in respect of the coal operations has been provided

from 2008 to 2009 in net exchange gains of $2.1 million,

in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

a  swing  of  $1.0  million  on  movements  on  accruals  in

Group results

respect of the company's prospective liability for employer

national  insurance  contributions  on  exercise  of  a

director's  option  (which  reflected  movements  in  the

Group  operating  profit  for  2009  amounted  to  $47.7

market  price  of  the  company's  ordinary  shares)  and  a

million and profit before tax to $41.7 million against the

swing  of  $0.8  million  on  movements  in  the  accrued

comparable figures of the preceding year of $40.6 million

liability  for  pension  funding  which  was  adjusted  during

and $36.3 million. 

2009  to  reflect  the  latest  triennial  actuarial  valuation  of

the group's pension scheme.

With  increased  sales  volumes  and  despite  lower  selling

prices,  revenue  for  2009  at  $78.9  million  was  only

Group  profit  before  tax  for  2009  amounted  to  $41.7

marginally  below  that  of  2008  ($79.6  million).    The

million against $36.3 million in 2008.  The increase was

increased  volumes  coupled  with  inflation  did,  however,

substantially  in  line  with  the  increase  in  operating  profit

mean,  that  cost  of  sales  for  2009  at  $34.0  million  was

but did reflect higher finance costs ($6.8 million against

39

Review of the group continued

$5.4  million).    These  were  largely  the  result  of  a  lower

As  noted  under  “Land  development”  above,  the  group

capitalisation rate than in 2008.

retains  ambitious  plans  for  continued  extension  planting

of  oil  palms.  These  plans  will  require  substantial

Before  deduction  of  the  interest  component  added  to

investment  by  the  group  and  the  need  to  fund  this

biological  assets,  interest  payable  in  2009  amounted  to

investment will inevitably constrain the rates at which the

$10.4  million  (2008  -  $10.0  million).    Interest  cover  for

directors  feel  that  they  can  prudently  declare,  or

2009 (measured as the ratio of earnings before interest,

recommend  the  payment  of,  future  ordinary  dividends.

tax, depreciation and amortisation, and biological gain to

The  directors  appreciate  that  many  shareholders  invest

interest payable) was 4.0 (2008 - 4.7).

not  only  for  capital  growth  but  also  for  income  and  that

the  payment  of  dividends  is  important.    They  do  believe

The  group  has  previously  provided  in  full  against  a

that, with the crop increases in prospect over the next few

disputed  Indonesian  assessment  of  tax  on  the  2006

years,  it  should  be  possible,  notwithstanding  the

profits  of  REA  Kaltim.    An  appeal  is  continuing  against

constraints of the development programme, to maintain a

this assessment but no credit has been taken in 2009 for

progressive  dividend  policy  albeit  that  the  rate  of

the  recovery  of  tax  that  would  result  from  the  appeal

progression may have to be modest.  The directors retain

proving successful.

their  previously  stated  intention  that  any  new  level  of

dividends  set  in  respect  of  any  given  year  should  be

At  the  after  tax  level,  profit  for  the  year  for  2009  was

sustainable in future years.

$29.9  million  against  $25.8  million  in  2008  while  profit

attributable  to  ordinary  shareholders  was  $27.1  million

The directors continue to believe that capitalisation issues

against  $23.8  million.    Fully  diluted  earnings  per  share

of new preference shares to ordinary shareholders, such

amounted to US 81.4 cents (2008 - US 71.5 cents).

as  were  made  on  several  previous  occasions,  provide  a

useful  mechanism  for  augmenting  returns  to  ordinary

The  group's  target  long  term  average  annual  return  on

shareholders  in  periods  in  which  good  profits  are

adjusted  equity  is  20  per  cent.    The  return  achieved  for

achieved but demands on cash resources limit the scope

2009 was 26 per cent (2008:  26 per cent).  

for payment of cash dividends.  Because of the then state

Dividends

of  markets  for  fixed  return  securities  of  smaller  listed

companies,  the  directors  did  not  propose  any  such

capitalisation  issue  during  2009  but  they  hope  that  the

The  fixed  semi-annual  dividends  on  the  9  per  cent

current  indications  of  economic  recovery  may  make

cumulative  preference  shares  that  fell  due  on  30  June

possible a further capitalisation issue of new preference

and  31  December  2009  were  duly  paid.    Dividends

shares during 2010.

totalling 4p per ordinary share have been paid in respect

of  2009  (2008  –  3p  per  ordinary  share).    These

Capital structure

comprised a first interim dividend of 2p per ordinary share

paid on 4 September 2009 and a second interim dividend

The group is financed by a combination of debt and equity

in lieu of final of 2p per ordinary share paid on 29 January

(which  under  IFRS  includes  minority  interests  and  the

2010.  

40

company's preference capital).  Total equity less minority

interests  at  31  December  2009  amounted  to  $193.4

million as compared with $162.0 million at 31 December

2008.    Minority  interests  amounted  at  those  dates  to,

under the facility at 31 December 2009 was repayable as

respectively, $1,314,000 and $580,000.

follows:    2010:  $1.5  million;  2011:  $2.1  million;  2012:

$2.7 million; 2013: $3.6 million and 2014: $0.3 million.

No new debt securities were issued by the group during

2009  but,  in  November  2009,  the  company  issued

The  group  has  entered  into  long  term  sterling  US  dollar

1,490,000 new 9 per cent cumulative preference shares

debt  swaps  to  hedge  against  US  dollars  the  sterling

for  cash  by  way  of  a  placing  at  a  price  of  103.18p  per

liability for principal and interest payable in respect of the

share  (3.18p  being  an  amount  equal  to  the  accrued

entire  issue  of  the  sterling  notes  (but  in  the  case  of

dividend  attaching  to  each  such  share  at  the  date  of

interest only as respects interest payments falling due up

allotment).  The net proceeds of the placing were utilised

to 31 December 2015). 

to increase the cash available to the group as a cushion

against  possible  additional  cash  requirements  for  the

In February 2010, the company issued an additional $15

group's development programmes.  

million nominal of dollar notes at $90 per $100 nominal

of notes in conjunction with the issue by KCC of 150,000

Group  indebtedness  and  related  engagements  at  31

redeemable participating preference shares of $10 each

December 2009 amounted to $82.5 million, made up of

at  par.    The  monies  raised,  totalling  $15  million  before

US  dollar  denominated  bank  indebtedness  under  an

issue expenses, have been deployed in the group’s coal

Indonesian consortium loan facility of $10.2 million, £37

operations  save  to  the  extent  of  $4.5  million  which  has

million nominal of 9.5 per cent guaranteed sterling notes

been  applied  in  repaying  short  term  advances  of  an

2015/17 (“sterling notes”) (carrying value: $57.0 million),

equivalent amount that had previously been made to the

$7.7  million  in  respect  of  the  hedge  of  the  principal

coal operations from elsewhere in the group.

amount of the sterling notes as described below and $30

million  nominal  of  7.5  per  cent  dollar  notes  2012/14

The  KCC  participating  preference  shares  will  provide  a

(“dollar  notes”)  (carrying  value:  $29.7  million).    Against

limited interest in the group's coal operations such that if

these obligations, at 31 December 2009 the group held

those  operations  achieve  an  average  annual  level  of

cash and cash equivalents of $22.1 million.

earnings  before 

interest, 

tax,  depreciation  and

amortisation  of  $8  million  over  the  four  and  a  half  year

The sterling notes are issued by REA Finance B.V. (“REA

period from 1 January 2010 to 30 June 2014 (equivalent

Finance”),  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  the  company.

to $36 million for the full period), the combined return to

They are secured principally on unsecured loans made by

persons  who  subscribed  the  additional  dollar  notes  and

REA Finance to REA Kaltim and SYB, are guaranteed by

KCC participating preference shares and who retain their

the  company  and  are  repayable  by  three  equal  annual

notes and shares until redeemed will be 15 per cent per

instalments commencing 31 December 2015.  The dollar

annum.  If the required level of earnings is not achieved,

notes are unsecured obligations of the company and are

then,  except  in  certain  limited  circumstances  (such  as

repayable by three equal annual instalments commencing

divestment  of  all  or  a  significant  part  of  the  coal

31 December 2012.  

operations  or  a  change  in  control  of  the  company),  no

dividends or other distributions will be paid or made on the

Borrowings under the Indonesian consortium loan facility

KCC  participating  preference  shares  and  after  31

are  secured  on  the  assets  of  REA  Kaltim  and  are

December  2014  those  shares  will  be  converted  into

guaranteed  by  the  company.    The  outstanding  balance

valueless deferred shares.

41

Review of the group continued

Group cash flow

and development of coal concession rights of $7.5 million

(2008: $5.4 million).

Group  cash  inflows  and  outflows  are  analysed  in  the

consolidated  cash  flow  statement.    Cash  and  cash

The net cash outflow on financing activities of $4.3 million

equivalents  reduced  over  2009  from  $30.3  million  to

(2008, inflow: $19.9 million) was made up of a net inflow

$22.1 million.  The reduction of $9.4 million (adding back

from the issue of new preference shares of $2.5 million

$1.2  million  benefit  from  the  effect  of  exchange  rate

(2008,  issue  of  sterling  notes:  $26.9  million),  net

changes) represented $5.1 million utilised in funding that

repayments of bank debt and finance lease obligations of

element  of  investing  activities  not  met  by  net  cash  from

$2.8 million (2008: $3.1 million) and an outflow in respect

operating  activities  and  in  meeting  a  net  outflow  on

of dividend payments of $4.0 million (2008: $3.9 million).

financing activities of $4.3 million.

Liquidity and financing adequacy

Net cash from operating activities for 2009 amounted to

$29.6 million against $32.3 million in 2008, a reduction

As  noted  under  “Group  cash  flows”  above,  at  31

of $2.7 million.  There were some significant movements

December  2009,  the  group  held  cash  and  cash

in the component elements of this reduction.  Operating

equivalents of $22.1 million  These balances have been

profit increased by $6.1 million but, after reversal of non

subsequently increased by the net proceeds (being $15

cash  items,  operating  cash  flows  before  working  capital

million  less  estimated  expenses  of  $430,000)  of  the

showed a reduction of $10.1 million   Working capital in

recent  issue  of  additional  dollar  notes  and  KCC

2009 absorbed cash of $1.3 million against a release of

participating preference shares referred to under “Capital

$0.7 million in 2008 while finance charges were higher in

structure”  above.    In  addition,  the  group  had  at  31

2009  than  in  2008  by  $1.3  million.    Counterbalancing

December 2009 and retains an undrawn working capital

these  negative  movements  was  a 

large  positive

line of $4.75 million that is subject to annual renewal.

movement  of  $10.8  million  on  taxes  paid  ($2.3  million

against $13.1 million).  This reflected timing differences

The  planned  planting  of  a  further  8,000  hectares  of  oil

in  settling  tax  liabilities  and  a  non  recurring  payment  in

palm  during  2010  and  2011  and  the  concomitant

2008  of  additional  tax  demanded  by  the  Indonesian  tax

requirement for continuing investment in estate buildings,

authorities  in  respect  of  REA  Kaltim's  profits  for  2006

oil  palm  processing  facilities  and  other  estate  plant  and

(which  had  to  be  settled  before  the  group  could  appeal

equipment  will  involve  the  group  in  continuing  major

against the demand).

capital  expenditure  over  the  next  two  years.    Given  the

group's  existing  cash  resources  and  provided  that  the

Investing  activities  for  2009  involved  a  net  outflow  of

CPO  price  remains  at  reasonable  levels,  the  directors

$34.8  million  (2008:  $48.3  million).    This  represented

expect that such capital expenditure can be funded from

new  investment  totalling  $35.8  million  (2008:  $49.5

internally generated cash flow.  Because of the volatility of

million), offset by inflows from interest and other items of

commodity  markets,  the  directors  cannot  rely  on  this

$1.0  million  (2008:  $1.3  million).      The  new  investment

expectation and, whilst the expansion programme can, in

comprised  expenditure  on  further  development  of  the

extremity,  be  rapidly  scaled  back  to  align  with  available

group's plantations of $27.0 million (2008: $39.8 million),

cash  resources,  once  areas  have  been  planted  with  oil

on land rights and titling of $1.3 million (2008, including

palms, some or all of the benefits of investment thereby

the purchase of PBJ: $4.4 million) and on the acquisition

made will be lost if the areas are not maintained and the

42

milling  capacity  needed  to  process  the  resultant  FFB  is

Financing policies

not installed.  Accordingly, the directors believe that it is

essential that the group holds some cash cushion to meet

The directors believe that, in order to maximise returns to

possible  calls  for  additional  cash  to  fund  the  oil  palm

holders  of  the  company's  ordinary  shares,  it  is  essential

expansion programme.  To this end, the group is currently

that  a  proportion  of  the  group's  funding  needs  are  met

seeking  to  arrange  further  fixed  term  bank  facilities  in

with  prior  charge  capital  (comprising  borrowings  and

Indonesia.

preference share capital).

During  2010,  capital  will  be  required  by  the  coal

The  directors  consider  that  the  company’s  preference

operations to fund the development of the Kota Bangun

shares (which entitle the holders to a cumulative annual

concession and to meet the working capital requirements

dividend of 9 per cent of the nominal value of the shares,

that will arise if the coal operations develop as envisaged.

being  £1  per  share)  represent  a  valuable  component  of

It  is  expected  that  the  funds  provided  to  the  coal

the  group's  prior  charge  capital  in  that  these  provide

operations from the recent issue of additional dollar notes

relatively  low  risk  permanent  capital.    The  directors  also

and KCC participating preference shares will be sufficient

believe  that  the  company  can  comfortably  support

for  these  purposes.    In  addition,  the  coal  operations

preference  capital  at  the  level  at  which  the  issued

should shortly have available to them an undrawn working

preference  capital  currently  stands  and 

that, 

if

capital line of $3 million that is subject to annual renewal.

circumstances permit, the company should be prepared to

raise  additional  capital  by  issuing  further  preference

The  group's  financing  is  materially  dependent  upon  the

shares  (to  an  extent  that  the  company  can  still  well

contracts governing the sterling and dollar notes.  There

support)  and  apply  the  proceeds  in  reducing  group

are no restrictions under those contracts, or otherwise, on

borrowings.

the  use  of  group  cash  resources  or  existing  borrowings

and facilities that the directors would expect materially to

As  respects  borrowings,  the  directors  believe  that  the

impact the planned development of the group.  Under the

group’s  interests  are  best  served  if  its  borrowings  are

terms  of  the  Indonesian  consortium  loan  facility,  REA

structured to fit the maturity profile of the assets that the

Kaltim is restricted to an extent in the payment of interest

borrowings  are  financing.    Since  oil  palm  plantings  take

on borrowings from, and on the payment of dividends to,

nearly  four  years  from  nursery  planting  to  maturity  and

other  group  companies  but  the  directors  do  not  believe

then a further period of three to four years to full yield, the

that the applicable covenants will affect the ability of the

directors  aim  to  structure  borrowings  for  the  group’s

company to meet its cash obligations.

agricultural operations so that shorter term bank debt is

used only to finance working capital requirements, while

The  group's  oil  palms  fruit  continuously  throughout  the

debt  funding  for  the  group's  extension  planting

year and there is therefore no material seasonality in the

programme is sourced from issues of medium term listed

funding  requirements  of  the  agricultural  operations  in

debt  securities  and  borrowings  from  development

their ordinary course of business.  It is not expected that

institutions.

the development of the coal operations will introduce any

material  swings  in  the  group’s  utilisation  of  cash  for  the

The  directors  believe  that  new  projects  within  the  coal

funding of its routine activities.

operations  can  be  brought  into  commercial  production

more rapidly than new oil palm plantings and that the coal

43

Review of the group continued

operations  can  therefore  justify  borrowing  on  a  shorter

borrowing policy the group should not borrow to an extent

term  basis  than  the  agricultural  operations.    However,

that  would  increase  its  net  debt  plus  related  swap

given  recent  events  in  the  banking  sector,  the  directors

liabilities  to  above  100  per  cent  of  its  total  equity.    In

believe  that  no  operations  of  the  group  should  allow

practice, net debt plus related swap liabilities have been

themselves 

to  become  reliant  on  bank  finance.

running at levels considerably below 100 per cent.  The

Accordingly, the directors intend that the coal operations

level  at  31  December  2009  was  42  per  cent  against  a

should also be financed principally by issues of listed debt

target  of  60  per  cent  and  a  level  of  48  per  cent  at  31

securities.

December  2008.    The  target  for  31  December  2010  is

The  directors  believe  that  the  group’s  existing  capital

structure  is  consistent  with  the  group’s  financing  policy

Other treasury policies

objectives  but  recognise  that  the  planned  further

60 per cent. 

development of the group and the inevitable shortening of

The  sterling  notes  and  the  dollar  notes  carry  interest  at

the  maturity  profile  of  the  group’s  current  indebtedness

fixed  rates  of,  respectively,  9.5  and  7.5  per  cent  per

that  will  result  from  the  passage  of  time  will  mean  that

annum.  Interest at 31 December 2009 was payable on

action will be required to ensure that the group’s capital

drawings under the Indonesian consortium loan facility at

structure continues to meet the objectives.

a floating rate equal to Singapore Inter Bank Offered Rate

(“SIBOR”) plus a margin which, for so long as inter-bank

The  directors  have  no  immediate  plans  for  the  group  to

markets  remain  disrupted,  includes  a  liquidity  premium

issue further listed debt securities but they are aware that

reflecting  the  differences  between  SIBOR  and  the

the  Indonesian  tax  authorities  have  recently  announced

lending  banks'  costs  of  funds.    The  margin  currently

revisions to the rates of withholding tax to be applied to

amounts to 6.25 per cent per annum.  

payments  of  interest  from  Indonesia  to  the  Netherlands

as  well  as  changes  to  the  basis  upon  which  such

As  a  policy,  the  group  does  not  hedge  its  exposure  to

authorities  will  accept  that  a  foreign  company  is  eligible

floating rates but, where possible, borrows at fixed rates.

for  the  concessionary  tax  treatment  provided  for  in  any

A  one  per  cent  increase  in  the  floating  rate  of  interest

double tax agreement between the applicable company's

payable on the drawings under the Indonesian consortium

country  of  domicile  and  Indonesia.  This  development

loan facility at 31 December 2009 would have resulted in

appears  likely  to  result  in  the  rate  of  withholding  tax

an annual cost to the group of approximately $102,000.

applicable  to  payments  of  interest  (the  aggregate  gross

amount  of  which  in  2009  was  $8.9  million)  on  loans  to

The  group  regards  the  US  dollar  as  the  functional

Indonesian  subsidiaries  of  the  company  from  REA

currency  of  most  of  its  operations  and  seeks  to  ensure

Finance increasing from 10 per cent to 20 per cent.  The

that,  as  respects  that  proportion  of  its  investment  in  the

directors  are  investigating  the  possibility  of  reorganising

operations  that  is  met  by  borrowings,  it  has  no  material

the  sterling  notes  to  mitigate  this  adverse  fiscal

currency  exposure  against  the  US  dollar.    Accordingly,

development.

where  borrowings  are  incurred  in  a  currency  other  than

the US dollar, the group endeavours to cover the resultant

The  directors  retain  their  previously  stated  view  that,

currency  exposure  by  way  of  a  debt  swap  or  other

although the group should retain flexibility as to the extent

appropriate  currency  hedge.    The  group  does  not  cover

to which it funds itself with borrowed monies, as a general

the currency exposure in respect of the component of the

44

investment in its operations that is financed with sterling

Low levels of rainfall can also disrupt and, in an extreme

denominated equity.  The group's policy is to maintain a

situation  (not  to  date  experienced  by  the  group),  could

cash  balance  in  sterling  sufficient  to  meet  its  projected

bring  to  a  standstill  the  river  transport  upon  which  the

sterling expenditure for a period of up to twelve months

group  is  critically  dependent  for  estate  supplies  and  the

and a cash balance in Indonesian rupiahs sufficient for its

evacuation of CPO and CPKO.

immediate Indonesian rupiah requirements but, otherwise,

to keep all cash balances in US dollars.  

Cultivation risks

Risks and uncertainties

As in any agricultural business, there are risks that crops

from  the  group's  estate  operations  may  be  affected  by

The  group’s  business  involves  risks  and  uncertainties.

pests  and  diseases.    Agricultural  best  practice  can  to

Those risks and uncertainties that the directors currently

some  extent  mitigate  these  risks  but  they  cannot  be

consider to be material are described below.  There are or

entirely eliminated. 

may be other risks and uncertainties faced by the group

that the directors currently deem immaterial, or of which

Other operational factors

they  are  unaware,  that  may  have  a  material  adverse

impact on the group.

Agricultural operations

Climatic factors

The  group’s  agricultural  productivity  is  dependent  upon

necessary inputs, including, in particular, fertiliser and fuel.

Whilst  the  directors  have  no  reason  to  anticipate

shortages  in  the  availability  of  such  inputs,  should  such

shortages  occur  over  any  extended  period,  the  group’s

operations  could  be  materially  disrupted.    Equally,

Although  the  group's  agricultural  operations  are  located

increases in input costs are likely to reduce profit margins.

in an area of high rainfall with sunlight hours well suited to

the  cultivation  of  oil  palm,  climatic  conditions  vary  from

After  harvesting,  FFB  crops  become  rotten  if  not

year to year and setbacks are possible.  

processed  within  a  short  period.    Any  hiatus  in  FFB

collection  or  processing  may  therefore  lead  to  a  loss  of

Unusually  high  levels  of  rainfall  can  disrupt  estate

crop.  The group endeavours to maintain resilience in its

operations and result in harvesting delays with loss of oil

palm  oil  mills  with  two  mills  operating  separately  and

palm  fruit  or  deterioration  in  fruit  quality.    Unusually  low

some  ability  within  each  factory  to  switch  from  steam

levels of rainfall that lead to a water availability below the

based  to  diesel  based  electricity  generation.    Such

minimum required for the normal development of the oil

resilience is however limited and would be inadequate to

palm may lead to a reduction in subsequent crop levels.

compensate for any material loss of processing capacity

Such reduction is likely to be broadly proportional to the

for anything other than a short time period.

size  of  the  cumulative  water  deficit.    Over  a  long  period,

crop  levels  should  be  reasonably  predictable  but  there

The group has bulk storage facilities within its main area

can  be  material  variations  from  the  norm  in  individual

of agricultural operations and at its transhipment terminal

years.

downstream of the port of Samarinda.  Such facilities and

the further storage facilities afforded by the group’s fleet

of barges have hitherto always proved adequate to meet

45

Review of the group continued

the  group’s  requirements  for  CPO  and  CPKO  storage.

either restrictions on the export of CPO and CPKO or very

Nevertheless,  disruptions  to  river  transport  between  the

high  duties  on  export  sales  of  such  oil.    The  directors

main  areas  of  operations  and  the  port  of  Samarinda,  or

believe  that  when  such  measures  materially  reduce  the

delays  in  collection  of  CPO  and  CPKO  from  the

profitability of oil palm cultivation, they are damaging not

transhipment terminal, could result in a group requirement

only  to  large  plantation  groups  but  also  to  the  large

for  CPO  and  CPKO  storage  exceeding  the  available

number  of  smallholder  farmers  growing  oil  palm  in

capacity.    This  would  be  likely  to  force  a  temporary

Indonesia  and  to  the  Indonesian  economy  as  a  whole

cessation in FFB processing with a resultant loss of crop.

(because CPO is an important component of Indonesia's

US dollar earning exports).  The directors are thus hopeful

The  group  maintains  insurance  for  the  agricultural

that future measures affecting sales of CPO and CPKO

operations  to  cover  those  risks  against  which  the

will not seriously diminish profit margins.

directors  consider  that  it  is  economic  to  insure.    Certain

risks  (including  the  risk  of  fire  in  planted  areas  on  the

The directors were encouraged that the significant rise in

group's  estates),  for  which  insurance  cover  is  either  not

CPO and CPKO prices during 2007 and the early months

available  or  would,  in  the  opinion  of  the  directors,  be

of  2008  did  not  lead  to  a  re-imposition  of  export

disproportionately expensive, are not insured.  Occurrence

restrictions. 

Instead,  the 

Indonesian  government

of  an  adverse  uninsured  event  could  result  in  the  group

continued to allow the free export of CPO and CPKO but

sustaining material losses.

Produce prices

introduced  a  sliding  scale  of  duties  on  CPO  and  CPKO

exports.    Furthermore,  the  starting  point  for  this  sliding

scale was set at a level such that when CPO and CPKO

prices  fell  back  in  the  last  quarter  of  2008,  the  rate  of

The  profitability  and  cash  flow  of  the  agricultural

export duty payable was reduced to nil.  Against this, the

operations  depend  both  upon  world  prices  of  CPO  and

directors note that there have been recent reports in the

CPKO and upon the group's ability to sell its produce at

Indonesian  press  that  the  Indonesian  government  may

price levels comparable with such world prices.

again  take  steps  to  encourage  domestic  downstream

processing of CPO and CPKO and may impose domestic

CPO and CPKO are primary commodities and as such are

sale obligations on oil palm growers from 2015.

affected by levels of world economic activity and factors

affecting the world economy, including levels of inflation

World  markets  for  CPO  and  CPKO  may  be  distorted  by

and  interest  rates.    This  may  lead  to  significant  price

the  imposition  of  import  controls  or  taxes  in  consuming

swings although, as noted under “Revenues and markets”

countries.    The  directors  believe  that  the  imposition  of

in  “Agricultural  operations”  above,  the  directors  believe

such  controls  or  taxes  on  CPO  or  CPKO  will  normally

that such swings should be moderated by the fact that the

result in greater consumption of alternative vegetable oils

annual oilseed crops account for the major proportion of

within the area in which the controls or taxes have been

world  vegetable  oil  production  and  producers  of  such

imposed  and  the  substitution  outside  that  area  of  CPO

crops  can  reduce  or  increase  their  production  within  a

and CPKO for other vegetable oils.  Should such arbitrage

relatively short time frame.

fail  to  occur  or  prove  insufficient  to  compensate  for  the

market  distortion  created  by  the  applicable  import

In  the  past,  in  times  of  very  high  CPO  prices,  the

controls or taxes, selling prices for the group’s CPO and

Indonesian  authorities  have  for  short  periods  imposed

CPKO could be depressed.

46

 
Expansion

pays particular attention to the manner in which the group

has discharged its corporate social responsibilities.

The  group  is  planning  further  extension  planting  of  oil

palm.  The directors hope that unplanted land held by or

The  group's  existing  agricultural  operations  and  the

allocated to the group will become available for planting

planned expansion of those operations are based on land

ahead of the land becoming needed for development and

areas that have been previously logged and zoned by the

that  the  development  programme  can  be  funded  from

Indonesian  authorities  as  appropriate  for  agricultural

available  group  cash  resources  and  future  operational

development  on  the  basis  that,  regrettable  as  it  may  be

cash flows, appropriately supplemented with further prior

from an environmental viewpoint, the logging has been so

charge funding.  Should, however, land or cash availability

extensive  that  primary  forest  is  unlikely  to  regenerate.

fall  short  of  expectations  and  the  group  be  unable  to

Such  land  areas  fall  within  a  region  that  elsewhere

secure alternative land or funding, the extension planting

includes substantial areas of unspoilt primary rain forest

programme, upon which the group's continued growth will

inhabited by diverse flora and fauna.  As such, the group,

in part depend, may be delayed or curtailed.

in  common  with  other  oil  palm  growers  in  Kalimantan,

must expect scrutiny from conservation groups and could

Any  shortfall  in  achieving  planned  extensions  of  the

suffer adverse consequences if its environmental policies

group's planted areas would be likely to impact negatively

were to be singled out for criticism by such groups.

the annual revaluation of the group's biological assets, the

movements upon which are taken to the group's income

An  environmental  impact  assessment  and  master  plan

statement.    Whilst  this  would  not  affect  the  group's

was  constructed  using  independent  environmental

underlying  cash  flow,  it  could  adversely  affect  market

experts  when  the  group  first  commenced  agricultural

perceptions as to the value of the company's securities.

operations  in  East  Kalimantan  and  this  plan  is  updated

regularly with further advice from independent experts to

Environmental, social and governance practices

reflect modern practice and to take account of changes in

circumstances  (including  planned  additions  to  the  areas

The group recognises that the agricultural operations are

to be developed by the group).  Substantial conservation

both  a  large  employer  and  have  significant  economic

reserves  have  been  established  in  areas  already

importance  for  local  communities  in  the  areas  of  the

developed by the group and further reserves will be added

group’s  operations.    This  imposes  environmental,  social

as new areas are developed.  The group actively manages

and  governance  obligations  which  bring  with  them  risks

these reserves and endeavours to use them to conserve

that  any  failure  by  the  group  to  meet  the  standards

landscape 

level  biodiversity  as  detailed  under

expected  of  it  may  result  in  reputational  and  financial

“Conservation” in “Agricultural operations” above. 

damage.    The  group  seeks  to  mitigate  such  risks  by

establishing standard procedures to ensure that it meets

The  group  is  committed  to  sustainable  oil  palm

its  obligations,  to  monitor  performance  against  those

development  and  adopts  the  measures  described  under

standards and to investigate thoroughly and take action to

“Sustainable practices” in “Agricultural operations” above

prevent recurrence in respect of any failures identified.  In

to  mitigate  the  risk  of  its  operations  causing  damage  to

addition, the group commissions independent consultants

the environment or to its neighbours.  The group supports

to  undertake  periodic  reviews  of  its  management

and  aims  to  comply  with  the  principles  and  criteria

performance in relation to various matters and this review

established by RSPO and is seeking RSPO accreditation.

47

Review of the group continued

Local relations

Operational risks

The  agricultural  operations  of  the  group  could  be

Delivery  volumes  will  be  dependent  upon  efficiency  of

seriously  disrupted  if  there  were  to  be  a  material

production and of transport of extracted coal from mines

breakdown  in  relations  between  the  group  and  the  host

to points of sale.  Both production and transport can be

population in the area of its agricultural operations.  The

disrupted  by  heavy  rains,  such  as  are  common  in  East

group endeavours to mitigate this risk by liaising regularly

Kalimantan,  and  heavy  seas  can  cause  delays  to  the

with  representatives  of  surrounding  villages  and  by

barging of coal to its point of sale.  Failure to load export

seeking to improve local living standards through mutually

shipments  to  an  agreed  schedule  may  result  in

beneficial  economic  and  social  interaction  between  the

demurrage claims which may be material.

local villages and the agricultural operations.  In particular,

the group, when possible, gives priority to applications for

Although  mining  plans  are  based  on  geological

employment  from  members  of  the  local  population  and

assessments, such assessments are extrapolations based

supports  specific 

initiatives 

(as  described  under

on  statistical  sampling  and  may  prove  inaccurate  to  an

“Community  development”  and 

“Smallholders” 

in

extent.    Unforeseen  extraction  complications  can  occur

“Agricultural  operations”  above)  to  encourage  local

and may cause cost overruns and delays. 

farmers and tradesmen to act as suppliers to the group, its

employees  and  their  dependents  and  to  promote

Although  the  group  maintains  insurance  for  the  coal

smallholder development of oil palm plantings.

operations  to  cover  those  risks  against  which  the

Coal operations

directors  consider  that  it  is  economic  to  insure,  not  all

risks  are 

insured. 

  Under  some  circumstances

spontaneous  combustion  may  occur  in  stored  coal  and

Development of the group’s coal operations is still at an

this could cause material loss to the group if it were held

early  stage.    The  gross  assets  of  the  operations  at  31

to  have  been  negligent  in  its  measures  to  prevent  such

December 2009 represented only some 3 per cent of the

spontaneous combustion.

group’s  gross  assets  and  the  operations  did  not

contribute to group revenues during 2009.  The directors

Price risk

therefore believe that the most material risk attaching to

the coal operations is the risk that the directors, with no

The profitability and cash flow of the coal operations will

prior  experience  of  mining,  may  have  misjudged  the

depend  both  upon  world  prices  of  coal  and  upon  the

potential of the operations and that the operations do not

group's  ability  to  sell  its  coal  at  price  levels  comparable

become commercially viable.  In that event some or all of

with such world prices.   Coal is a primary commodity and

the group capital invested in the operations may be lost

as  such  is  affected  by  levels  of  world  economic  activity

(although  the  directors  believe  that  the  group  could

and factors affecting the world economy, including levels

recover monies from a resale of the concession rights so

of inflation and interest rates.  This may lead to significant

far  acquired  so  that  a  total  loss  of  invested  capital  is

price swings.

unlikely).

If the coal operations do become commercially viable, the

aspects of its chemical composition.  Supply and demand

material risks specific to coal that the directors currently

for  specific  grades  of  coal  and  consequent  pricing  may

Coal  is  sold  on  the  basis  of  its  calorific  value  and  other

foresee are as described below.

48

not necessarily reflect overall coal market trends and the

denominated  or  linked.    Accordingly,  the  principal

group may be adversely affected if it is unable to supply

currency risk faced by the group is that those components

coal  within  the  specifications  that  are  at  any  particular

of  group  costs  that  arise  in  Indonesian  rupiahs  and

time in demand.

sterling may, if such currencies strengthen against the US

dollar, negatively impact margins in US dollar terms.  The

The Indonesian government has stated that it intends to

directors consider that this risk is inherent in the group's

impose  obligations  on  coal  concession  holders  to  sell

business  and  capital  structure  and  the  group  does  not

domestically  a  proportion  of  the  coal  that  they  mine.    If

therefore normally hedge against such risk.  

domestic sales of coal have to be made at prices that are

below  world  market  prices  (and  it  is  not  yet  known

Counterparty risk

whether  this  will  be  the  case)  the  group’s  prospective

revenues from coal sales will be reduced. 

Export sales of CPO and CPKO are made either against

Environmental practices

letters  of  credit  or  on  the  basis  of  cash  against

documents.  Export sales of coal are likely to be made on

a similar basis.  Credit risks for the group on such sales

Open cast coal mining, such as will be conducted on the

are  therefore  limited.    However,  domestic  sales  of  CPO,

coal  concessions  in  which  the  group  has  invested,

CPKO  and  coal  generally  require  (or  will  require)  the

involves the removal of substantial volumes of overburden

group to provide some credit to buyers.  The group seeks

to  obtain  access  to  the  coal  deposits.    The  prospective

to limit the counterparty risk that this entails by effective

areas to be mined by the group do not, however, cover a

credit controls.  Such controls include regular reviews of

large  area  and  the  group  is  committed  to  international

buyer creditworthiness and limits on the term and amount

standards  of  best  environmental  practice  and,  in

of  credit  that  may  be  extended  to  any  one  buyer  and  in

particular,  to  proper  management  of  waste  water  and

total.

reinstatement  of  mined  areas  on  completion  of  mining

operations.    Nevertheless,  the  group  could  be  adversely

Regulatory exposure

affected  by  environmental  criticisms  of  the  coal  mining

industry as a whole.

General

Currency

Changes  in  existing,  and  adoption  of  new,  laws  and

regulations  affecting  the  group  (including,  in  particular,

laws  and  regulations  relating  to  land  tenure  and  mining

concessions,  work  permits  for  expatriate  staff  and

taxation)  could  have  a  negative  impact  on  the  group’s

activities.

CPO,  CPKO  and  coal  are  essentially  US  dollar  based

commodities.  Accordingly, the group's revenues and the

Many of the licences, permits and approvals held by the

underlying value of the group's operations are effectively

group  are  subject  to  periodic  renewal.    Renewals  are

US  dollar  denominated.    All  of  the  group's  borrowings

often subject to delays and there is always a risk that a

other  than  the  sterling  notes  are  also  US  dollar

renewal  may  be  refused  or  made  subject  to  new

denominated and the group has entered into sterling US

conditions.  Moreover, agricultural land and mining rights

dollar  debt  swaps  to  hedge  the  sterling  notes.  A

held  by  the  group  are  subject  to  the  satisfaction  by  the

substantial component of the group's costs are US dollar

group  of  various  continuing  conditions,  including,  as

49

Review of the group continued

respects agricultural land, conditions requiring the group

impose  exchange  controls  or  otherwise  seek  to  restrict

to promote smallholder developments of oil palm.

the group's freedom to manage its operations.

Although  the  group  endeavours  to  ensure  that  its

Miscellaneous relationships

activities are conducted only on the land areas, and within

the  terms  of  the  licences,  that  it  holds,  licensing  rules

The  group  is  materially  dependent  upon  its  staff  and

change frequently and boundaries of large land areas are

employees and endeavours to manage this dependence

not always clearly demarcated.  There is therefore always

as detailed under “Employees” in “Agricultural operations”

a  risk  that  the  group  may  inadvertently,  and  to  a  limited

and  under  “Sustainable  practices”  in  “Coal  operations”

extent, conduct operations for which it does not hold all

above.

necessary  licences  or  operate  on  land  for  the  use  of

which it does not have all necessary permits.

Relationships  with  shareholders  in  Indonesian  group

Country exposure

companies are also important to the group and especially

so as respects the mining concessions in which the group

holds interests which are at the moment legally owned by

All of the group's operations are located in Indonesia and

the  group’s  local  partners.    The  group  endeavours  to

the  group  is  therefore  significantly  dependent  on

maintain  cordial  relations  with  its  local  investors  by

economic and political conditions in Indonesia.  In the late

seeking  their  support  for  decisions  affecting  their

1990’s,  in  common  with  other  parts  of  South  East  Asia,

interests  and  responding  constructively  to  any  concerns

Indonesia  experienced  severe  economic  turbulence.    In

that they may have.

By order of the board
R.E.A. SERVICES LIMITED
Secretary
27 April 2010

recent years, there have been occasional instances of civil

unrest, often attributed to ethnic tensions, in certain parts

of Indonesia.  However, as noted under “The Indonesian

context”  in  “Overview”  above,  during  2009  Indonesia

remained stable and the Indonesian economy continued

to grow.

Whilst  freedom  to  operate  in  a  stable  and  secure

environment is critical to the group and the existence of

security risks should never be underestimated, the group

has always sought to mitigate those risks and has never,

since  the  inception  of  its  current  operations  in  East

Kalimantan,  been  adversely  affected  by  security

problems.

Although there can never be certainty as to such matters,

under  current  political  conditions,  the  directors  have  no

reason  to  believe  that  any  government  authority  would

revoke the registered land titles or mining rights in which

the group has invested or that any such authority would

50

Directors

Richard Robinow 
Chairman (64)

John Green-Armytage
Independent non-executive director (64)

Mr Robinow was appointed a director in 1978 and has been
chairman  since  1984.    After  early  investment  banking
experience, he has been involved for over 35 years in the
plantation  industry.    He  is  non-executive  but  devotes  a
significant  proportion  of  his  working  time  to  the  affairs  of
the  group,  dealing  principally  with  matters  of  strategy  and
finance.  He is a non-executive director of M P Evans Group
plc,  a  UK  plantation  company  of  which  the  shares  are
admitted to trading on the Alternative Investment Market of
the  London  Stock  Exchange,  and  of  two  overseas  listed
plantations companies: Sipef NV, Belgium, and REA Vipingo
Plantations Limited, Kenya. 

John Oakley
Managing director (61)

After  early  experience  in  investment  banking  and  general
management,  Mr  Oakley  joined  the  group  in  1983  as
divisional managing director of the group's then horticultural
operations.  He was appointed to the main board in 1985
and  subsequently  oversaw  group  businesses  involved  in
tea,  bananas,  pineapples  and  merchanting,  transferring  in
the  early  1990s  to  take  charge  of  the  day  to  day
management  of  the  group's  then  embryonic  East
Kalimantan  agricultural  operations.    He  was  appointed
managing director in January 2002.  As the sole executive
director, he has overall responsibility for operational control
of the group.

David Blackett
Senior independent non-executive director (59)

Mr Blackett was appointed a non-executive director in July
2008  and  was  subsequently  appointed  chairman  of  the
audit and remuneration committees and, more recently, as a
member of the nomination committee.  After qualifying as a
chartered  accountant  in  Scotland,  he  worked  for  over  25
years in South East Asia, where he concluded his career as
chairman of AT&T Capital Inc.  Prior to joining that company,
he was a director of an international investment bank with
responsibility  for  the  bank’s  South  East  Asian  operations.
He  is  a  non-executive  director  of  South  China  Holdings
Limited,  a  company  listed  on  the  Hong  Kong  Stock
Exchange.

Mr  Green-Armytage  was  a  non-executive  director  from
1984 to 1994.  He rejoined the board as a non-executive
director in 1997 and subsequently for several years served
as  chairman  of  the  audit  and  remuneration  committees.
After a career in investment banking, he moved to become
managing director of a UK listed company with South East
Asian involvement.  He has subsequently held directorships
of  a  number  of  companies  in  both  executive  and  non-
include  the
executive  capacities. 
chairmanship of AMEC PLC.

  These  currently 

John Keatley
Independent non-executive director (76)

Mr  Keatley  was  a  non-executive  director  from  1975  to
1983 and chairman from 1978 to 1983.  He rejoined the
board as a non-executive director in 1985 and is a member
of  the  nomination  committee.    After  a  background  in  the
fertiliser  industry,  he  is  now  involved  in  a  family  business
investing in property in the UK and elsewhere. 

David Killick, FCIS 
Independent non-executive director (72)

Mr Killick was appointed a non-executive director in 2006.
He is a member of the audit and remuneration committees.
He  has  also  recently  been  appointed  as  chairman  of  the
nomination  committee.    After  qualifying  as  a  barrister,  he
became a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Secretaries
and  Administrators.    He  worked  for  over  28  years  for  the
Commonwealth  Development  Corporation,  serving  as  a
member  of  its  management  board  from  1980  to  1994.
Thereafter,  he  has  held  a  number  of  directorships.    He  is
currently  a  director  of  Reallyenglish.com  Limited  and  the
council  of  management  of  Slough  Council  for  Voluntary
Service.  

51

Directors continued

Charles Letts 
Independent non-executive director (91)

Mr Letts was appointed a non-executive director in 1989.
After  serving  in  the  British  Armed  Forces  in  World  War  II
and thereafter in the British Foreign Office, he was a main
board  director  of  Jardine  Matheson  &  Co.  Limited  for  15
years and then set up his own business.  Thereafter, for over
40  years,  he  has  held  directorships  and  advisory  posts  in
companies  covering  a  wide  range  of  activities  in  various
countries,  with  particular  emphasis  on  the  plantation
industry.  His present directorships include The China Club
Limited and China Investment Fund. 

Chan Lok Lim
Independent non-executive director (68)

Mr  Lim  was  appointed  a  non-executive  director  in  2002.
He  has  been  involved  for  over  30  years  in  companies  in
South  East  Asia  engaged  in  power  generation  and
distribution, water and waste treatment, industrial and agro-
industrial  engineering  (including  palm  oil  mill  design  and
construction) and in the plantation industry.  He is chairman
of SPC Power Corporation, a public company listed on the
Philippines  Stock  Exchange,  and  a  director  of  Agusan
Plantations Inc, Philippines, Agumil Philippines Inc and Pan
Abrasives (Private) Limited, Singapore.

52

Directors’ report

The directors present their annual report on the affairs of

The fixed annual dividends on the 9 per cent cumulative

the  group,  together  with  the  financial  statements  and

preference  shares  that  fell  due  on  30  June  and  31

auditors’ reports, for the year ended 31 December 2009.

December 2009 were duly paid.  A first interim dividend

Principal activities and business review

ordinary  shares  on  25  September  2009  and  a  second

in  respect  of  2009  of  2p  per  share  was  paid  on  the

interim dividend in lieu of final of a further 2p per share

The  group  is  principally  engaged  in  the  cultivation  of  oil

was  paid  on  those  shares  on  29  January  2010.    The

palms in the Indonesian province of East Kalimantan and in

directors do not recommend the payment of any further

the  production  of  crude  palm  oil  (“CPO”)  and  by-products

ordinary dividends in respect of 2009. 

from  fruit  harvested  from  its  oil  palms.    In  addition,  since

2008  the  group  has  acquired  interests  in  three  coal

Going concern basis

concessions  in  East  Kalimantan  and  is  endeavouring  to

establish  an  open  cast  coal  mining  operation  and  coal

The group's business activities, together with the factors

trading activity based on these concessions.  

likely  to  affect  its  future  development,  performance  and

position  are  described  in  the  “Review  of  the  group”

A review of the activities and planned future development of

section  of  this  annual  report  which  also  provides  (under

the group together with the principal risks and uncertainties

the heading “Finance”) a description of the group's cash

facing  the  group  is  provided  in  the  accompanying

flow,  liquidity  and  financing  adequacy,  and  treasury

“Chairman’s statement” and “Review of the group” sections

policies.  In addition, note 21 to the consolidated financial

of this annual report which are incorporated by reference in

statements includes information as to the group's policy,

this  “Directors’  report”.    In  particular,  the  “Review  of  the

objectives,  and  processes  for  managing  its  capital;  its

group”  includes  information  as  to  group  policy  and

financial  risk  management  objectives;  details  of  its

objectives  regarding  the  use  of  financial  instruments.

financial  instruments  and  hedging  activities;  and  its

Information  as  to  such  policy  and  objectives  and  the  risk

exposures to credit risk and liquidity risk.

exposures  arising  is  also  included  in  note  21  to  the

consolidated financial statements.  

Although the group has indebtedness, that indebtedness

is medium term and the group is not materially reliant on

The  group  does  not  undertake  significant  research  and

short term borrowing facilities.  Moreover, the group has

development activities.  

considerable  cash  resources.    As  a  consequence,  the

directors believe that the group is well placed to manage

Details of significant events since 31 December 2009 are

its business risks successfully. 

contained  in  note  40  to  the  consolidated  financial

statements.

Results and dividends

After  making  enquiries,  the  directors  have  a  reasonable

expectation  that  the  company  and  the  group  have

adequate resources to continue in operational existence

for the foreseeable future.  Accordingly, they continue to

The  results  are  presented  in  the  consolidated  income

adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial

statement and notes thereto. 

statements.

53

Directors’ report continued

Previously published unaudited financial information

meeting and, being eligible, offers himself for re-election,

such retirement being in compliance with the company’s

A registration document published by the company on 28

articles  of  association  providing  for  rotation  of  directors.

January 2010 contained unaudited financial information.

Messrs  Robinow,  Green-Armytage,  Keatley  and  Letts

That information was that:  the group’s then indebtedness

retire  at  the  forthcoming  annual  general  meeting  and,

comprised £37 million nominal of sterling notes, hedged

being  eligible,  offer  themselves  for  re-election,  such

against dollars at an average rate of $1.854 = £1, $30

retirements being in compliance with the provisions of the

million nominal of dollar notes and bank borrowings and

Combined Code on Corporate Governance requiring the

leasing  commitments  in  Indonesia  which  totalled  $10.3

annual  re-election  of  non-executive  directors  who  have

million  at  31  December  2009;    that,  against  this

served as such for more than nine years.

indebtedness,  the  group  had  cash  balances  at  31

December  2009  totalling  $20.8  million;  and  that,  at  31

For  the  reasons  given  under  “Board  of  directors”  in  the

December  2009,  the  group  had  invested  some  $14

“Corporate  governance”  section  of  this  annual  report

million in its coal operations.  Such information does not

(which  section  is  incorporated  by  reference  in  this

differ materially from the corresponding figures shown in

Directors’ report), the directors believe that the board of

or  derived  from  the  accompanying  audited  financial

the company is effective as currently constituted and that

statements.  The only difference relates to cash balances

its current composition should be maintained at least until

at  31  December  2009  ($20.1  million  actual  against

the  group’s  plans  for  establishment  of  a  new  regional

$20.8 million).

Charitable and political donations

office  in  Singapore  have  matured.  The  board  therefore

recommends  (each  affected  director  abstaining  from

such conclusion as it applies to himself) the re-election of

all  of  the  directors  offering  themselves  for  re-election.

During the year the group made no charitable donations

The  senior  independent  non-executive  director  and  the

to persons ordinarily resident in the United Kingdom and

chairman  have  confirmed  as  regards,  respectively,  the

no  political  donations.    The  group  provided  support  for

chairman  and  the  other  non-executive  directors  offering

conservation activities in East Kalimantan.

themselves  for  re-election 

that,  following  formal

Supplier payment policy

performance  evaluations,  each  such 

individual's

performance  continues 

to  be  effective  and 

to

demonstrate commitment to the role assumed, including

It  is  the  company’s  policy  to  establish  appropriate

commitment  of  time  for  board  and  committee  meetings

payment terms and conditions for dealings with suppliers

and, where applicable, other assigned duties. 

and  to  comply  with  such  terms  and  conditions.    The

holding company itself does not have trade creditors. 

Directors’ interests

Directors

At  31  December  2009,  the  interests  of  directors

(including  interests  of  connected  persons  as  defined  in

The  directors  are  listed  in  the  “Directors”  section  of  this

section 96B (2) of the Financial Services and Markets Act

annual  report  which  is  incorporated  by  reference  in  this

2000 of which the company is, or ought upon reasonable

Directors’  report.    All  the  directors  served  throughout

enquiry  to  become,  aware)  in  the  9  per  cent  cumulative

2009.  Mr Killick retires at the forthcoming annual general

preference shares of £1 each and the ordinary shares of

25p each of the company were as follows:

54

R M Robinow

D J Blackett

J M Green-Armytage

J R M Keatley

D H R Killick

L E C Letts

C L Lim

J C Oakley

Preference
shares

Ordinary
shares

from the following persons of voting rights held by them

as shareholders through the holdings of ordinary shares

78,643 10,030,000

indicated:

250,000

8,447

51,669

-

-

80,704

680,878

20,000

15,000

108,008

-

513

-

1,804

Emba Holdings Limited

Number

%

9,957,500

29.80

Alcatel Bell Pensioenfonds VZW

4,007,049

11.99

Prudential plc and certain subsidiaries

4,760,229

14.24

Artemis UK Smaller Companies

1,919,400

5.74

The 78,643 preference shares in which Mr Robinow was

interest  of  Prudential  plc  group  of  companies  includes

interested  at  31  December  2009  were  held  by  persons

4,030,792  ordinary  shares  (12.06  per  cent)  in  which

connected  with  Mr  Robinow  who  sold  the  shares  in

M&G  Investment  Funds  3,  an  Open  Ended  Investment

In addition, the company had been notified that the above

question  on  2  February  2010.    As  a  result,  Mr  Robinow

Company, is also interested.

had  no  interest  in  preference  shares  at  the  date  of  this

report. 

Details of an option held by Mr Oakley at 31 December

2009 to subscribe for ordinary shares of 25p each of the

company  are  provided  in  the  “Directors’  remuneration

report” section of this report.  The option was exercised by

Mr  Oakley  on  1  February  2010  when  he  subscribed

840,689 ordinary shares pursuant to the option and sold

400,000  of  such  shares.    As  a  result,  Mr  Oakley  is

interested  in  442,493  ordinary  shares  as  at  the  date  of

this report. 

Directors’ indemnities

The shares held by Emba Holdings Limited (“Emba”) are

included as part of the interest of Mr R M Robinow shown

under  “Directors’  interests”  above.    By  deeds  dated  24

November  1998  and  10  April  2001,  Emba  has  agreed

that it will not undertake activities in conflict with those of

the  group  and  that  it  will  deal  with  the  group  only  on  a

basis that is appropriate between a listed company and its

subsidiaries,  on  the  one  hand,  and  a  significant

shareholder in a listed company, on the other hand. 

Control and structure of capital

Details  of  the  company’s  share  capital  and  changes  in

Qualifying third party indemnity provisions (as defined in

share capital during 2009 are detailed in note (vii) to the

section 234 of the Companies Act 2006) were in force

company’s  financial  statements.  At  31  December  2009,

for the benefit of directors of the company and of other

the  preference  share  capital  and  the  ordinary  share

members  of  the  group  throughout  2009  and  remain  in

capital represented, respectively, 66.8 and 33.2 per cent

force at the date of this report.

of the total issued share capital.  

Substantial shareholders

The  rights  and  obligations  attaching  to  the  ordinary  and

preference shares are governed by the company’s articles

As  at  the  date  of  this  report,  the  company  had  received

of  association  and  prevailing  legislation.    A  copy  of  the

notifications  required  by  The  Disclosure  Rules  and

articles  of  association  is  available  on  the  company’s

Transparency  Rules  of  the  Financial  Services  Authority

website  at  www.rea.co.uk.    Rights  to  income  and  capital

55

Directors’ report continued

are  summarised  in  note  (vii)  to  the  company’s  financial

pursuant to section 793 of the Companies Act 2006.  The

statements.  

directors  are  not  aware  of  any  agreements  between

shareholders that may result in restrictions on the transfer

On a show of hands at a general meeting of the company,

of securities or on voting rights. 

every holder of shares and every duly appointed proxy of

a holder of shares, in each case being a holder entitled to

No  person  holds  securities  carrying  special  rights  with

vote on the resolution before the meeting, shall have one

regard  to  control  of  the  company  and  there  are  no

vote.  On a poll, every holder of shares present in person

arrangements  in  which  the  company  co-operates  by

or  by  proxy  and  entitled  to  vote  on  the  resolution  the

which  financial  rights  carried  by  shares  are  held  by  a

subject of the poll shall have one vote for each share held.

person other than the holder of  the shares.

Holders of preference shares are not entitled to vote on a

resolution  proposed  at  a  general  meeting  unless,  at  the

The  appointment  and  replacement  of  directors  is

date  of  notice  of  the  meeting,  the  dividend  on  the

governed  by  the  company’s  articles  of  association  and

preference shares is more than six months in arrears or

prevailing  legislation,  augmented  by  the  principles  laid

the resolution is for the winding up of the company or is a

down  in  the  Combined  Code  on  Corporate  Governance

resolution  directly  and  adversely  affecting  any  of  the

which  the  company  seeks  to  apply  in  a  manner

rights  and  privileges  attaching  to  the  preference  shares.

proportionate  to  its  size  as  further  detailed  in  the

Deadlines  for  the  exercise  of  voting  rights  and  for  the

“Corporate governance” section of this annual report. 

appointment of a proxy or proxies to vote in relation to any

resolution  to  be  proposed  at  a  general  meeting  are

The  articles  of  association  provide  that  the  business  of

governed  by  the  company’s  articles  of  association  and

the  company  is  to  be  managed  by  the  directors  and

prevailing  legislation  and  will  normally  be  as  detailed  in

empower  the  directors  to  exercise  all  powers  of  the

the  notes  accompanying  the  notice  of  the  meeting  at

company, subject to the provisions of such articles (which

which the resolution is to be proposed.

include  a  provision  specifically  limiting  the  borrowing

powers  of  the  group)  and  prevailing  legislation  and

There  are  no  restrictions  on  the  size  of  any  holding  of

subject  to  such  directions  as  may  be  given  by  the

shares in the company.  Shares may be transferred either

company  in  general  meeting  by  special  resolution.    The

through the CREST system (being the relevant system as

articles of association may be amended only by a special

defined in the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001

resolution of the company in general meeting and, where

of which CRESTCo Limited is the operator) where held in

such amendment would modify, abrogate or vary the class

uncertificated  form  or  by  instrument  of  transfer  in  any

rights  of  any  class  of  shares,  with  the  consent  of  that

usual  or  common  form  duly  executed  and  stamped,

class given in accordance with the company’s articles of

subject  to  provisions  of  the  company’s  articles  of

association and prevailing legislation. 

association  empowering  the  directors  under  certain

circumstances to refuse to register any transfer of shares

The 7.5 per cent dollar notes 2012/14 of the company

where the shares are not fully paid, the shares are to be

(“dollar notes”) and the 9.5 per cent guaranteed sterling

transferred into a joint holding of more than four persons,

notes  2015/17  of  REA  Finance  B.V.  (“sterling  notes”)

the transfer is not appropriately supported by evidence of

(which are guaranteed by the company) are transferable

the  right  of  the  transferor  to  make  the  transfer  or  the

either  through  the  CREST  system  where  held  in

transferor is in default in compliance with a notice served

uncertificated  form  or  by  instrument  of  transfer  in  any

56

usual  or  common  form  duly  executed  in  amounts  and

Awards to senior group executives under the company’s

multiples, in the former case, of $1 and, in the latter case,

long term incentive plans will vest and may be encashed

of £1,000.  There is no maximum limit on the size of any

within one month of a change of control as detailed under

holding in either case.

“Long 

term 

incentive  plans” 

in 

the 

“Directors’

remuneration  report”  section  of  this  annual  report.    The

Significant  holdings  of  preference  shares,  dollar  notes

directors are not aware of any agreements between the

and sterling notes shown by the register of members and

company and its directors or between any member of the

registers  of  dollar  and  sterling  noteholders  at  31

group  and  a  group  employee  that  provides  for

December 2009 were as follows:

compensation  for  loss  of  office  or  employment  that

Preference
shares

Dollar
notes

Sterling
notes

‘000

$’000

£’000

Bank of New York (Nominees) Limited

HSBC Global Custody Nominee
(UK) Limited 641898 Account

HSBC Global Custody Nominee
(UK) Limited 993791 Account

Rulegale Nominees Limited
JAMSCLT Account

Vidacos Nominees Limited
CLRLUX Account

Morris Edward Zukerman

Morris Edward Zukerman
ZFT Account

–

–

2,598

2,623

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

3,315

9,500

9,500

17,800

4,000

–

–

–

–

–

occurs because of a takeover bid.

Treasury shares and power to repurchase shares

No shares of the company are at present held in treasury.

The company’s articles of association permit the purchase

by  the  company  of  its  own  shares  subject  to  prevailing

legislation  which  requires  that  any  such  purchase,  if  a

market  purchase,  has  been  previously  authorised  by  the

company in general meeting and, if not, is made pursuant

to a contract of which the terms have been authorised by

a  special  resolution  of  the  company  in  general  meeting.

A change of control of the company would entitle holders

There  is  no  authority  extant  for  the  purchase  by  the

of  the  sterling  notes  and  certain  holders  of  the  dollar

company of its own shares.

notes to require repayment of the notes held by them as

detailed in notes 23 and 24 to the consolidated financial

statements.   A change in control of the company on or

prior to 31 December 2014 would also entitle the holders

of the redeemable participating preference shares of the

company’s subsidiary KCC Resources Limited (“KCC”) to

redemption  of  their  shares  on  the  next  following  31

December (or, if KCC is prohibited by law from effecting

such redemption, to require the company to purchase or

procure the purchase of such shares).  

As referred to under “Directors’ interests” above, an option

held by Mr J C Oakley to subscribe for ordinary shares of

25p each of the company was exercised on 1 February

2010.  At the date of this report, there are no outstanding

share options held by directors or employees.  

Increase in share capital

At the forthcoming annual general meeting, a resolution

will  be  proposed  (resolution  10  set  out  in  the  notice  of

annual  general  meeting  at  the  end  of  this  document)  to

increase  the  authorised  share  capital  of  the  company

(being  the  maximum  amount  of  shares  in  the  capital  of

the  company  that  the  company  may  allot)  from

£27,750,000  to  £37,750,000  by  the  creation  of

10,000,000 9 per cent cumulative preference shares of
£1  each  ranking  pari  passu in  all  respects  with  the
existing  preference  shares  and  representing  57.1  per

cent of the existing authorised preference share capital.

57

Directors’ report continued

As indicated in the “Review of the group” section of this

into,  9  per  cent  cumulative  preference  shares  in  the

annual report, the directors believe that, if circumstances

capital  of  the  company  up  to  an  aggregate  nominal

permit,  the  company  should  consider  issuing  additional

amount  of  £11,107,046  (being  all  of  the  unissued

preference shares and applying the proceeds in reducing

preference  share  capital  of  the  company  at  the  date  of

group  borrowings.    Moreover,  the  directors  believe  that

this  report  and  the  additional  preference  share  capital

capitalisation issues of new preference shares to ordinary

proposed to be created at the forthcoming annual general

shareholders,  such  as  were  made  on  several  previous

meeting  and  representing  67.8  per  cent  of  the  issued

occasions,  provide  a  useful  mechanism  for  augmenting

preference  share  capital  of  the  company  at  the  date  of

returns to ordinary shareholders in periods in which good

this report). 

profits are achieved but demands on cash resources limit

the scope for payment of cash dividends.  The proposed

The new authorities, if provided, will expire on the date of

creation  of  additional  preference  shares  is  designed  to

the annual general meeting to be held in 2011 or on 30

give  the  company  sufficient  authorised  but  unissued

June 2011 (whichever is the earlier).  Save in relation to

preference  capital  to  permit  the  directors  to  issue

the  preference  shares  as  indicated  under  “Increase  in

preference  shares  for  these  purposes  without  further

share  capital”  above,  the  directors  have  no  present

approval  (other  than  shareholder  authority  to  allot  such

intention of exercising these authorities.  

shares, which authority will be sought at the forthcoming

annual  general  meeting  as  noted  under  “Authorities  to

Power to issue share capital

issue share capital” below).

Authorities to issue share capital

Powers are also being sought at the forthcoming annual

general meeting under the provisions of sections 571 and

573 of the Companies Act 2006 (replacing the previous

At  the  annual  general  meeting  held  on  4  June  2009,

sections  of  the  Companies  Act  1985  that  provided  for

shareholders  authorised 

the  directors  under 

the

statutory pre-emption rights) to enable the board to make

provisions of section 80 of the Companies Act 1985 to

a rights issue or open offer of ordinary shares to existing

allot relevant securities within specified limits.  Section 80

ordinary  shareholders  without  being  obliged  to  comply

of  the  Companies  Act  1985  has  now  been  replaced  by

with certain technical requirements of the Companies Act

sections  549  and  551  of  the  Companies  Act  2006.

2006 which can create problems with regard to fractions

Replacements  of  the  current  section  80  authorities  are

and overseas shareholders.

being sought at the forthcoming annual general meeting

(resolutions  11  and  12  set  out  in  the  notice  of  annual

In  addition,  the  resolution  to  provide  these  powers

general  meeting  at  the  end  of  this  document).    The

(resolution  13  set  out  in  the  notice  of  annual  general

replacement authorities will authorise the directors (a) to

meeting  at  the  end  of  this  document)  will,  if  passed,

allot and to grant rights to subscribe for, or to convert any

empower the directors to make issues of ordinary shares

security into, shares in the capital of the company (other

for cash other than by way of a rights issue or open offer

than  9  per  cent  cumulative  preference  shares)  up  to  an

up  to  a  maximum  nominal  amount  of  £417,681

aggregate nominal amount of £2,784,545 (representing

(representing  5  per  cent  of  the  issued  ordinary  share

33.3 per cent. of the issued ordinary share capital of the

capital  of  the  company  at  the  date  of  this  report).    The

company at the date of this report), and (b) to allot and to

company  has  not  issued  any  ordinary  shares  for  cash,

grant  rights  to  subscribe  for,  or  to  convert  any  security

relying  on  the  annual  general  disapplication  of  statutory

58

pre-emption  rights  pursuant  to  section  571  of  the

capital”  and  “Powers  to  issue  share  capital”  and  the

Companies Act 2006 (or the predecessor sections of the

proposal  to  permit  general  meetings  (other  than  annual

Companies Act 1985), since 9 May 2007.

general meetings) to be held on just 14 clear days' notice

as detailed under “General meeting notice periods” above

The foregoing  powers (if granted) will expire on the date

are  all  in  the  best  interests  of  the  company  and

of the annual general meeting to be held in 2011 or on

shareholders  as  a  whole  and  recommends 

that

30 June 2011 (whichever is the earlier).

shareholders vote in favour of the resolutions 10 to 14 as

set  out  in  the  notice  of  the  forthcoming  annual  general

General meeting notice period

meeting.

At the forthcoming annual general meeting, a resolution

Auditors

(resolution  14  set  out  in  the  notice  of  annual  general

meeting at the end of this document) will be proposed to

Each director of the company at the date of approval of

authorise  the  directors  to  convene  a  general  meeting

this report has confirmed that, so far as he is aware, there

(other than an annual general meeting) on 14 clear days'

is  no  relevant  audit  information  of  which  the  company's

notice (subject to due compliance with requirements for

auditors are unaware; and that he has taken all the steps

electronic voting).  The authority will be effective until the

that he ought to have taken as a director in order to make

date of the annual general meeting to be held in 2011 or

himself  aware  of  any  relevant  audit  information  and  to

on  30  June  2011  (whichever  is  the  earlier).    This

establish  that  the  company's  auditors  are  aware  of  that

resolution  is  proposed  following  legislation  which,

information. 

notwithstanding  the  provisions  of  the  company's  articles

of association and in the absence of specific shareholder

This  confirmation  is  given  and  should  be  interpreted  in

approval  of  shorter  notice,  has  increased  the  required

accordance  with  the  provisions  of  section  489  of  the

notice period for general meetings of the company to 21

Companies Act 2006.

clear days.  While the directors believe that it is sensible

to  have  the  flexibility  that  the  proposed  resolution  will

Deloitte LLP have expressed their willingness to continue

offer,  to  enable  general  meetings  to  be  convened  on

in  office  as  auditors  and  resolutions  to  re-appoint  them

shorter notice than 21 days, this flexibility will not be used

and to authorise the directors to fix their remuneration will

as a matter of routine for such meetings, but only where

be proposed at the forthcoming annual general meeting. 

the  flexibility  is  merited  by  the  business  of  the  meeting

and is thought to be to the advantage of shareholders as

a whole.

Recommendation

The board considers that increasing the authorised share

capital  of  the  company  by  the  creation  of  the  additional

preference shares proposed as detailed under “Increase

in share capital”, granting the directors the authorities and

powers  as  detailed  under  “Authorities  to  issue  share

By order of the board
R.E.A. SERVICES LIMITED

Secretary

27 April 2010

59

Corporate governance

General 

The directors appreciate the importance of ensuring that
the  group’s  affairs  are  managed  effectively  and  with
integrity and acknowledge that the principles laid down in
the Combined Code on Corporate Governance issued in
2008  by  the  Financial  Reporting  Council  (“the  Code”)
provide a widely endorsed model for achieving this.  The
directors are also aware of the current review of the Code
which  will  be  revised  during  2010.    The  Code  and
information  regarding  its  review  are  available  from  the
Financial Reporting Council’s website at “www.frc.org.uk”.
The  directors  seek  to  apply  the  Code  principles  in  a
manner proportionate to the group’s size but, as the Code
permits, reserving the right, when it is appropriate to the
individual  circumstances  of  the  company,  not  to  comply
with certain Code principles and to explain why.  

Throughout  the  year  ended  31  December  2009,  the
company was in compliance with the provisions set out in
section  1  of  the  Code.    In  making  this  statement,  the
directors have reflected their view detailed below as to the
independence of long serving non-executive directors. 

Board of directors 

The board currently comprises one executive director and
seven  non-executive  directors  (including  the  chairman).
Biographical information concerning each of the directors
is set out in the “Directors” section of this annual report.
The  variety  of  backgrounds  brought  to  the  board  by  its
members  provides  perspective  and  facilitates  balanced
and  effective  decision  making.    In  particular,  the  board
believes  that  the  skills  and  experience  of  its  different
members  complement  each  other  and  are  of  specific
relevance  to  the  group’s  operations,  the  geographical
location of its business and compliance by the company
with its obligations as a UK listed company.

The  chairman  and  managing  director  (being  the  chief
executive)  have  defined  separate  responsibilities  under

the  overall  direction  of  the  board.    The  chairman  has
responsibility  for  matters  of  strategy  and  finance;  the
managing  director  has  responsibility  for  operational
matters.  Neither has unfettered powers of decision.   All
of the non-executive directors, with the exception of the
chairman,  are  considered  by  the  board  to  have  been
independent throughout the year. 

The  directors  acknowledge  that  some  institutional
investors take the view that non-executive directors who
have served on the board of the company for more than
nine  years  can  never  be  regarded  as  independent  and
that,  on  this  basis,  three  of  the  non-executive  directors
whom  the  board  regards  as  independent  would  not  be
treated  as  such.    The  Code  states  that  service  by  a
director  for  more  than  nine  years  is  to  be  taken  into
account by the board in assessing his independence but
it is not, under the Code, determinative of independence.
All of the long serving non-executive directors considered
by  the  board  to  be  independent  are  re-elected  annually
after  endorsement  of  their  independence  by  their  co-
directors  as  required  by  the  Code  and  none  of  these
directors is financially or otherwise materially dependent
upon the company.  The board continues to be satisfied
that the independence of these long serving independent
non-executive directors is not affected by their length of
service.  Nevertheless, the board’s plans for refreshment
of  its  composition,  as  referred  to  under  “Perfomance
evaluation”  below,  will,  in  due  course,  mean  that  all
independent non-executive directors will retire after nine
years.

In  any  event,  three  independent  non-executive  directors
have  served  on  the  board  of  the  company  for  less  than
nine  years  and,  accordingly,  the  company  would  satisfy
the  Code  requirement  that  at  least  two  members  of  the
board be independent non-executive directors even if all
longer  serving  non-executive  directors  were  treated  as
not independent.  The Code also requires that some or all
members  of  the  audit,  remuneration  and  nomination
committees,  and  the  person  appointed  as  senior
independent non-executive director, be independent non-

60

executive  directors.    Following  recent  changes  to  the
composition  of  the  nomination  committee  and  the
appointment of Mr D J Blackett as senior non-executive
director in place of Mr J R M Keatley, the board considers
that  the  company  would  now  be  compliant  with  these
Code  requirements  even  if  the  more  restrictive  view  of
independence of longer serving directors was accepted.

Under the company’s articles of association, any director
who  has  not  been  appointed  or  re-appointed  at  each  of
the preceding two annual general meetings shall retire by
rotation and may submit himself for re-election.  This has
the  effect  that  each  director  is  subject  to  re-election  at
least  once  every  three  years.  In  addition,  in  compliance
with the Code, non-executive directors who have served
on the board for more than nine years submit themselves
for re-election every year. Further, any director appointed
during the year holds office until the next annual general
meeting and may then submit himself for re-election.

Directors’ conflicts of interest

In connection with the statutory duty to avoid any situation
which  conflicts  or  may  conflict  with  the  interests  of  the
company,  the  board  has  approved  the  continuance  of
potential conflicts notified by Messrs Robinow and Green-
Armytage,  each  of  the  two  directors  absenting  himself
from  the  discussion  in  respect  of  himself.    Such
notifications  relate  to  each  of  the  directors’  interests  as
shareholders  in  and/or  directors  of  companies  the
interests of which might conflict with those of the group
but  are  not  at  present  considered  to  conflict.    No  other
conflicts  or  potential  conflicts  have  been  notified  by
directors.

Board responsibilities

on  matters  of  a  non  routine  nature  and  by  prompt
provision  of  such  other  information  as  the  board
periodically  decides  that  it  should  have  to  facilitate  the
discharge of its responsibilities.

The  board  has  a  schedule  of  matters  reserved  for  its
decision.    Such  matters  include  strategy,  material
investments and financing decisions and the appointment
or  removal  of  executive  directors  and  the  company
secretary.    In  addition,  the  board  is  responsible  for
ensuring that resources are adequate to meet objectives
and for reviewing performance, financial controls and risk. 

The company carries appropriate insurance against legal
action  against  its  directors.    The  current  policy  was  in
place  throughout  2009  in  compliance  with  the  Code
requirement to carry such insurance. 

Board committees

The  board  has  appointed  audit,  nomination  and
remuneration  committees  to  undertake  certain  of  the
board’s  functions,  with  written  terms  of  reference  which
are  available  for  inspection  on  the  company’s  website.
Information  concerning  the  remuneration  of  directors  is
provided in the “Directors’ remuneration report” section of
this annual report (which is incorporated by reference in
this “Corporate governance” report)  together with details
of the basis upon which such remuneration is determined.

An executive committee of the board comprising Mr R M
Robinow  and  Mr  J C Oakley  has  been  appointed  to  deal
with various matters of a routine or executory nature.

Performance evaluation

The  board  is  responsible  for  the  proper  management  of
the  company.    Full  quarterly  operational  and  financial
reports  are  issued  to  all  directors  following  the  end  of
each quarter for their review and comment.  These reports
are augmented by annual budgets and positional papers

A  formal  internal  evaluation  of  the  performance  of  the
board,  the  committees  and  individual  directors  is
undertaken annually.  Balance of powers, contribution to
strategy,  monitoring  efficacy  and  accountability  to
stakeholders  are  reviewed  by  the  board  as  a  whole  and
the  performance  of  the  chairman  is  appraised  by  the

61

Corporate governance continued

take  independent  professional  advice  at  the  expense  of
the company if necessary. 

Steps are taken to ensure that newly appointed directors
become fully informed as to the group’s activities.

Board proceedings

Four  meetings  of  the  board  are  scheduled  each  year.
Other  board  meetings  are  held  as  required  to  consider
corporate  and  operational  matters  with  all  directors
consulted  in  advance  regarding  significant  matters  for
consideration.  Minutes of board meetings are circulated
to all directors.  The executive director, unless travelling,
is  normally  present  at  full  board  meetings  but,  where
appropriate,  telephone  discussions  take  place  between
the  chairman  and  the  other  non-executive  directors
outside  the  formal  meetings.    Committee  meetings  are
held as and when required.  All proceedings of committee
meetings are reported to the full board.

The attendance of individual directors at the regular and
“ad  hoc”  board  meetings  held  during  2009  was  as
follows: 

R M Robinow

J C Oakley

D J Blackett

J M Green-Armytage

J R M Keatley

D H R Killick

L E C Letts

C L Lim

Regular Ad hoc
meeting meeting

4

4

4

4

4

4

2

2

2

2

2

2

-

1

1

1

In addition, during 2009, there were three meetings of the
audit  committee  and  two  meetings  of  the  remuneration
committee.  There  were  no  meetings  of  the  nomination
committee  during  2009.    All  committee  meetings  were
attended  by  all  of  the  committee  members  appointed  at
the time of each meeting. 

independent  non-executive  directors  led  by  the  senior
independent  director.    The  appraisal  process  includes
assessments against a detailed set of criteria covering a
variety  of  matters  from  the  contribution  of  the  board  in
enforcing  disciplined  risk  management  and  setting
appropriate  social  responsibility  objectives  to  the
adequacy and timeliness of information made available to
the board.  

the  board  recognised 

Whilst the most recent performance evaluation concluded
that  the  board  was  performing  effectively  as  currently
the  need  for
constituted, 
succession  planning  in  relation  not  only  to  executive
management  but  also  to  non  executive  directors.    The
board  considered  that  it  should  continue  as  currently
constituted  pending  full  implementation  of  the  plans  for
the  addition  of  senior  executive  management  and  the
establishment  of  a  new  regional  office  in  Singapore  (as
detailed under “Strategic direction and succession” in the
“Review  of  the  group”  section  of  this  annual  report).
Thereafter, the board agreed that its composition should
be reconstituted, and in the future refreshed, on the basis
of  a  policy  that  length  of  service  by  independent  non
executive directors be limited to nine years.  

Professional development and advice

In view of their previous relevant experience and, in most
cases,  length  of  service  on  the  board,  all  directors  are
familiar with the financial and operational characteristics
of the group’s activities.  Directors are required to ensure
that  they  maintain  that  familiarity  and  keep  themselves
fully  cognisant  of  the  affairs  of  the  group  and  matters
its  operations,  finances  and  obligations
affecting 
(including  environmental,  social  and  governance
responsibilities).    Whilst  there  are  no  formal  training
programmes,  the  board  regularly  reviews  its  own
competences,  receives  periodic  briefings  on  legal  and
regulatory  developments  affecting  the  group  and  may
arrange training on specific matters where it is thought to
be required.  Directors are able to seek the advice of the
company  secretary  and,  individually  or  collectively,  may

62

Whilst  all  formal  decisions  are  taken  at  board  meetings,
the directors have frequent informal discussions between
themselves and with management and most decisions at
board  meetings  reflect  a  consensus  that  has  been
reached  ahead  of  the  meetings.    Some  directors  reside
permanently, or for part of each year, in the Asia Pacific
region  and  most  of  the  UK  based  directors  travel
extensively.    This  complicates  the  organisation  of  board
meetings.  Since the regular board meetings are fixed to
fit  in  with  the  company's  budgeting  and  reporting  cycle
and  ad  hoc  meetings  normally  have  to  be  held  at  short
notice  to  discuss  specific  matters,  the  company  is
reluctant to change meeting dates when some directors
are unable to attend.  Instead, when a director is unable to
be  at  a  meeting,  he  makes  his  views  known  to  other
directors ahead of time and his views are reported to, and
taken into account, at the meeting. 

Nomination committee

The  nomination  committee  comprises  Mr  D H R Killick
(chairman),  Mr  D  J  Blackett  and  Mr  J  R  M  Keatley.
Messrs  Blackett  and  Killick  were  appointed  to  the
committee  upon  Messrs  Letts  and  Robinow  stepping
down  in  January  2010  and  Mr  Killick  was  subsequently
appointed as chairman in succession to Mr Keatley.  The
submitting
responsible 
committee 
recommendations  for  the  appointment  of  directors  for
approval by the full board.

for 

is 

Audit committee

The audit committee currently comprises Mr D J Blackett
(chairman)  and  Mr  D  H  R  Killick  both  of  whom  are
considered by the directors to have the relevant financial
experience.  

The audit committee is responsible for:

• monitoring  the  integrity  of  the  financial  statements
and  reviewing  formal  announcements  of  financial
performance and the significant reporting issues and

judgements 
announcements contain;

that 

such 

statements 

and

•

reviewing  the  effectiveness  of  the  internal  control
functions (including the internal financial controls, the
internal  audit  function  and  arrangements  whereby
internally  raised  staff  concerns  as  to  financial
reporting and other relevant matters are considered);

• making recommendations to the board in relation to 
the  appointment,  reappointment  and  removal  of  the
external  auditors,  their  remuneration  and  terms  of
engagement; and

•

reviewing  and  monitoring  the  independence  of  the
external  auditors  and  the  effectiveness  of  the  audit
process.

The  audit  committee  also  monitors  the  engagement  of
the auditors to perform non-audit work.  During 2009, the
only non-audit work undertaken by the auditors was, as in
the  previous  year,  routine  compliance  reporting  in
connection with covenant obligations applicable to certain
group loans (as respects which the governing instruments
require  that  such  compliance  reporting  is  carried  out  by
the  auditors).    The  audit  committee  considered  that  the
nature and scope of, and remuneration payable in respect
of, these engagements was such that the independence
and objectivity of the auditors was not impaired. 

The  members  of  the  audit  committee  discharge  their
responsibilities  by 
informal  discussions  between
themselves,  by  meetings  with  the  external  auditors,  the
internal  auditors  in  Indonesia  and  management  and  by
consideration of reports by management, the Indonesian
internal  audit  function  and  the  external  auditors  and  by
holding at least three formal meetings in each year. 

The  audit  committee  has  recommended  to  the  board  of
the  company  that  it  should  seek  the  approval  of  the
company's  shareholders  for  the  reappointment  of  the
company's  current  auditors.    That  recommendation
reflected  an  assessment  of  the  qualifications,  expertise,
resources and independence of the auditors based upon

63

Corporate governance continued

feedback 

reports  produced  by  the  auditors,  the  committee's  own
dealings  with 
from
the  auditors  and 
management.    The  committee  took  into  account  the
likelihood  of  withdrawal  of  the  auditor  from  the  market
and  noted  that  there  were  no  contractual  obligations  to
restrict the choice of external auditors. Given the current
level of audit fees and the costs that a change would be
likely to entail, the committee did not recommend that the
company's audit be put out to tender.

Relations with shareholders

The  “Chairman's  statement”  and  “Review  of  the  group”
sections  of  the  annual  report,  when  read  in  conjunction
with  the  financial  statements,  “Directors'  report”  and
“Directors’ remuneration report”, are designed to present
a comprehensive and understandable assessment of the
group's  position  and  prospects. 
  The  respective
responsibilities of the directors and auditors in connection
with  the  financial  statements  are  detailed  in  the
“Directors’ responsibilities” section of this report and in the
auditors’ report. 

The  directors  endeavour  to  ensure  that  there  is
satisfactory  dialogue,  based  on  mutual  understanding,
between  the  company  and  its  shareholder  body.      The
annual  report,  interim  communications,  periodic  press
releases  and  such  circular  letters  to  shareholders  as
circumstances  may  require  are  intended  to  keep
shareholders  informed  as  to  progress  in  the  operational
activities  and  financial  affairs  of  the  group.    In  addition,
within 
imposed  by  considerations  of
confidentiality,  the  company  engages  with  institutional
and  other  major  shareholders  through  regular  meetings
and other contact in order to understand their concerns.
The  views  of  shareholders  are  communicated  to  the
board  as  a  whole  to  ensure  that  the  board  maintains  a
balanced  understanding  of  shareholder  opinions  and
issues arising.

limits 

the 

All  ordinary  shareholders  may  attend  the  company’s
annual and other general meetings and put questions to

64

the board.  Some directors reside permanently, or for part
of each year, in the Asia Pacific region and the nature of
the  group’s  business  requires  that  the  chairman  and
managing  director  travel  frequently  to  Indonesia.    It  is
therefore  not  always  feasible  for  all  directors  to  attend
general meetings, but those directors who are present are
available to talk on an informal basis to shareholders after
the meeting’s conclusion.  All proxy votes are counted and
full  details  of  all  proxies  lodged  for  each  resolution  are
reported  to  the  meeting  and  made  available  on  the
company’s website.  At least twenty working days' notice
is given of the annual general meeting and related papers
are  made  available  to  shareholders  at  least  twenty
working days ahead of the meeting. 

The  company  maintains  a  corporate  website  at
“www.rea.co.uk”.  This provides information regarding the
company,  including  annual  and  half  yearly  reports  and
photographs  illustrating  various  aspects  of  the  group’s
operations, and provides a facility for downloading recent
press releases issued by the company and other relevant
documentation concerning the company.

Internal control

The board is responsible for the group’s system of internal
control and for reviewing its effectiveness.  Such a system
is designed to manage, rather than eliminate, the risk of
failure  to  achieve  business  objectives  and  can  only
provide  reasonable  and  not  absolute  assurance  against
material misstatement or loss.

The  board  has  established  a  continuous  process  for
identifying, evaluating and managing any significant risks
which  the  group  faces  (including  risks  arising  from
environmental,  social  and  governance  matters).    The
board  regularly  reviews  the  process,  which  has  been  in
place from the start of the year to the date of approval of
this  report  and  which  is  in  accordance  with  the  revised
guidance on internal control published in October 2005.
The  board  attaches  importance  not  only  to  the  process
established for controlling risks but also to promoting an

internal culture in which all group staff are conscious of
the  risks  arising  in  their  particular  areas  of  activity,  are
open with each other in their disclosure of such risks and
combine together in seeking to mitigate risk. 

The  board,  assisted  by  the  audit  committee,  regularly
reviews  the  effectiveness  of  the  group’s  system  of
internal control. The board’s monitoring covers all controls,
including  financial,  operational  and  compliance  controls
and risk management. It is based principally on reviewing
reports from management (providing such information as
the  board  requires)  and  considering  whether  significant
risks  are  identified,  evaluated,  managed  and  controlled
and  whether  any  significant  weaknesses  are  promptly
remedied  or  indicate  a  need  for  more  extensive
monitoring.

The board performed a detailed review of the system of
internal control in November 2009 (including the group’s
internal audit arrangements) and, during the course of this
review,  the  board  did  not  identify,  nor  was  it  advised  of,
any  failings  or  weaknesses  which  it  determined  to  be
significant.    A  confirmation,  therefore,  in  respect  of  the
necessary  actions  to  be  taken  was  not  considered
appropriate.    This  review  has  been  reconfirmed  for  the
purpose of this annual report. 

Internal audit and reporting

The group’s Indonesian operations have a fully staffed in-
house  internal  audit  function  supplemented  where
necessary  by  the  use  of  external  consultants.    The
function  issues  a  full  report  on  each  internal  audit  topic
and  a  summary  of  the  report  is  issued  to  the  audit
committee.  In addition, follow-up audits are undertaken to
ensure  that  the  necessary  remedial  action  has  been
taken.  In the opinion of the board, there is no need for an
internal audit function outside Indonesia due to the limited
nature of the non-Indonesian operations.

The  group  has  established  a  management  hierarchy
which is designed to delegate the day to day responsibility

for  specific  departmental  functions  within  each  working
location,  including  financial,  operational  and  compliance
controls  and  risk  management,  to  a  number  of  senior
managers, reporting through the local senior executive to
the managing director.

budgets 

and  management 

Management  reports  to  the  board  on  a  regular  basis  by
way  of  the  circulation  of  progress  reports,  management
reports, 
accounts.
Management is required to seek authority from the board
in respect of any transaction outside the normal course of
trading which is above an approved limit and in respect of
any matter that is likely to have a material impact on the
operations  that  the  transaction  concerns.    At  least  four
supervisory  visits  each  year  are  undertaken  to  the
overseas operations by the managing director and other
directors  make  periodic  visits  to  those  operations.
Reports  of  such  visits  are  circulated  to  the  board  and
reviewed by the board at the regular board meetings. 

Control and capital structure

regarding 

substantial 

shareholders,
Information 
significant interests in the securities of the company and
other  matters  pertaining  to  the  control  and  rights
attaching  to  the  company’s  capital  is  provided  under
“Substantial  shareholders”  and  “Control  and  structure  of
capital”  in  the  “Directors’  report”  section  of  this  annual
report.

Approved by the board on 27 April 2010
RICHARD M ROBINOW

Chairman

65

Directors’ remuneration report

Introduction

Remuneration policy

This  report  has  been  prepared  in  accordance  with

The committee sets the remuneration and benefits of the

Schedule  8  to  the  Accounting  Regulations  made

chairman  and  the  managing  director.    The  latter  is

pursuant  to  the  Companies  Act  2006  (the  “Act”).  The

currently  the  only  executive  director  but  the  committee

report also meets the relevant requirements of the Listing

would  set  the  remuneration  and  benefits  of  any  other

Rules  of  the  Financial  Services  Authority  and  describes

executive directors who might in future be appointed.

how  the  board  has  applied  the  principles  relating  to

directors’  remuneration  set  out  in  the  Combined  Code

In  setting  remuneration  and  benefits,  the  committee

(the  “Code”).    As  required  by  the  Act,  a  resolution  to

considers the achievement of each individual in attaining

approve the report will be proposed at the annual general

the objectives set for that individual (including objectives

meeting at which the accompanying financial statements

relating  to  corporate  performance  on  environmental,

are laid before the company’s members.

social  and  governance  matters),  the  responsibilities

assumed by the individual and, where the role is part time,

The Act requires the auditors to report to the company’s

the time commitment involved.  The committee draws on

members  on  certain  parts  of  this  report  and  to  state

data  of  the  remuneration  of  others  performing  similar

whether  in  their  opinion  those  parts  of  the  report  have

functions  in  similarly  sized  organisations  and  takes

been  properly  prepared 

in  accordance  with 

the

account of the remuneration of senior employees of the

Accounting  Regulations.  The  report  has  therefore  been

group  who  are  not  directors  but  with  due  allowance  for

divided into separate sections for audited and unaudited

differences  in  remuneration  applicable  to  different

information.

Unaudited information

The remuneration committee

geographical  locations.    The  committee  aims  to  set

performance  related  remuneration  on  a  basis  that

encourages 

responsible  behaviour 

in 

relation 

to

environmental, social and governance matters.  

The  key  objective  of  the  remuneration  policy  (which

The company has established a remuneration committee.

applies  for  2010  and  subsequent  years)  is  to  attract,

With  effect  from  23  April  2009  the  members  of  the

motivate,  retain  and  fairly  reward  individuals  of  a  high

remuneration committee were Mr D J Blackett (chairman)

calibre,  while  ensuring  that  the  remuneration  of  each

and  Mr  D H R Killick.      Prior  to  23  April  2009  and,  in

individual  is  consistent  with  the  best  interests  of  the

particular,  when  directors’  remuneration  for  2009  was

company  and  its  shareholders.  In  framing  its  policy  on

considered, the members of the committee were Mr J M

performance related remuneration (which is payable only

Green-Armytage (chairman), Mr D H R Killick and Mr R M

to  executive  directors)  the  committee  follows  the

Robinow.    While  Mr  Robinow  was  a  member  of  the

provisions of schedule A to the Code.

committee,  any  matter  concerning  Mr  Robinow  was

discussed without Mr Robinow being present.  

The  committee  considers  all  proposals  for  executive

directors to hold outside directorships. Such directorships

The committee does not use independent consultants but

are normally permitted only if considered to be of value to

takes  into  account  the  views  of  the  chairman  and

the group and on terms that any remuneration payable will

managing director.

be accounted for to the group.

66

Remuneration of execuitve directors

years,  thereafter  determinable  by  either  party  by  giving

notice to the other party of not less than six months.  At

The policy on remuneration of executive directors is that

31 December 2009 the unexpired term remained as six

basic  remuneration  of  each  executive  director  should

months.  There  are  no  provisions  for  compensation  for

comprise  an  annual  salary,  part  of  which  may  be

early termination save that Mr Oakley would be entitled to

pensionable,  and  certain  benefits-in-kind,  principally  a

a  payment  in  lieu  of  notice  if  due  notice  had  not  been

company car.  In addition an executive director should be

given. 

paid  non-pensionable  performance  related  bonuses.

These  are  to  be  awarded  annually  in  arrears  on  a

Performance graph

discretionary  basis  taking  into  account  the  performance

of the group during the relevant year and the contribution

A  performance  graph  is  shown  in  the  “Key  statistics”

to  performance  that  a  director  is  assessed  by  the

section  of  this  annual  report.  This  compares  the

committee  to  have  made.    Bonuses  should  not  normally

performance of the company’s ordinary shares (measured

exceed 50 per cent of salary and are paid in cash. There

by total shareholder return) with that of the FTSE all share

is  no  separate  pension  scheme  for  executive  directors

index  for  the  period  from  January  2005  to  December

and  the  only  current  executive  director  (the  managing

2009.  The  FTSE  all  share  index  has  been  selected  as

director)  was  an  ordinary  member  of  the  R.E.A.  Pension

there is no index available that is specific to the activities

Scheme  until  31  July  2009  after  which  he  became  a

of the company. 

pensioner member.

Long term incentive plans

Remuneration of non-executive directors

A  first  long  term  incentive  plan  (the  “first  plan”)  was

The  remuneration  of  non-executive  directors  other  than

established  in  2007  and  a  second  similar  plan  (the

the chairman is determined by the board within the limits

“second  plan”)  was  put  in  place  in  2009.    The  first  and

set by the articles of association, no director taking part in

second  plans  (together  the  “plans”)  are  designed  to

the  determination  of  his  own  remuneration.  The  level  of

provide incentives, linked to the market price performance

remuneration is determined having regard to that paid by

of ordinary shares in the company, to a small number of

comparable  organisations  and  to  the  time  commitments

key  senior  executives  in  Indonesia  with  a  view  to  their

expected.  No non-executive director has any entitlement

participating  over  the  long  term  in  value  created  for  the

to remuneration on a basis related to performance.

group.  No director may participate.  The first plan period

Service contracts

commenced  on  1  January  2007  and  ends  on  31

December 2010 and the second plan period commenced

on 1 January 2009 and ends on 31 December 2012 (the

The company’s current policy on service contracts is that

“performance periods”).  

contracts  should  have  a  notice  period  of  not  more  than

one  year  and  a  maximum  termination  payment  not

Under  the  plans,  participants  are  awarded  potential

exceeding  one  year’s  salary.  No  director  has  a  service

entitlements  over  notional  ordinary  shares  of  the

contract that is not fully compliant with this policy. 

company.    These  potential  entitlements  then  vest  to  an

The  group  entered  into  a  service  contract  with  Mr  J  C

A vested entitlement may be exercised in whole or part at

Oakley on 16 December 1988 initially for a period of two

extent that is dependent upon the achievement of targets.

67

Directors’ remuneration report continued

any time from 1 January 2011 until 31 December 2016

remuneration committee exercises a discretion to decide

under  the  first  plan  and  from  1  January  2013  to  31

that his potential entitlement should not lapse.  Where the

December 2018 under the second plan.  On exercising a

potential entitlement does not lapse, it will vest on a basis

vested  entitlement,  a  participant  will  receive  a  cash

that  reflects  achievement  of  performance  targets  up  to

amount  for  each  ordinary  share  over  which  the

the end of the financial year last ended before the date

entitlement is exercised, equal to the excess (if any) of the

(the “cessation date”) that the affected participant ceases

market price of an ordinary share on the date of exercise

employment  with  the  group  (as  determined  by  the

over  433.5p  in  the  case  of  the  first  plan  and  231.5p  in

remuneration  committee)  and  time  apportioned  for  the

case of the second plan,  being the market prices of an

elapsed portion of the applicable performance period up

ordinary  share  on  the  dates  with  effect  from  which  the

to the cessation date expressed as a fraction of the full

plans were agreed.

applicable  performance  period.    The  resultant  vested

entitlement  will  be  exercisable  for  a  period  of  twelve

The extent to which a participant's potential entitlement to

months  from  the  cessation  date.    If  a  participant  leaves

notional  ordinary  shares  under  a  plan  will  vest  will  be

after  the  end  of  the  applicable  performance  period,  the

determined  by  key  performance  targets.    In  the  case  of

participant  may  exercise  a  vested  entitlement  within  six

the  first  plan,  there  are  three  key  performance  targets

months of leaving.

which relate to total shareholder return, cost per tonne of

crude  palm  oil  produced  and  annual  planting  rate

In the event of a change in control of the company as a

achieved.   In the case of the second plan, there are two

result  of  a  takeover  offer  or  similar  corporate  event,

key performance targets which relate to total shareholder

potential  entitlements  will  vest  on  a  basis  that  reflects

return  and  cost  per  tonne  of  crude  palm  oil  produced.

achievement of performance targets up to the date (the

Each  performance  target  is  measured  on  a  cumulative

“applicable  date”)  of  change  of  control  or  other  relevant

basis  over  the  applicable  performance  period.    Each

event  (as  determined  by  the  remuneration  committee)

performance target governs the vesting, in the case of the

and  time  apportioned  for  the  elapsed  portion  of  the

first plan, of one third, and, in the case of the second plan,

applicable performance period up to the applicable date

of  one  half,  of  each  potential  entitlement  and  for  each

expressed as a fraction of the full applicable performance

performance  target  there  are  threshold,  target  and

period.    The  resultant  vested  entitlements  will  be

maximum  levels  of  performance  which  determine  the

exercisable  for  a  period  of  one  month  following  the

exact  number  of  notional  ordinary  shares  that  vest  in

applicable date.

relation to that target.  The remuneration committee has

discretion  to  adjust  targets  if  it  considers  that  actual

At  31  December  2009,  the  total  numbers  of  notional

performance warrants this.

ordinary  shares  over  which  awards  of  potential

entitlements had been made amounted to 195,000 under

The vesting of potential entitlements and the exercise of

the first plan ad 65,000 under the second plan.  On the

vested  entitlements 

is  dependent  on  continued

basis  of  the  market  price  of  the  ordinary  shares  on  31

employment with the group.  If a participant under a plan

December  2009  of  414p  per  share,  the  total  gain  to

ceases employment with the group before the end of the

participants  in  respect  of  the  potential  entitlements

performance  period  applicable  to  that  plan,  his  potential

awarded  would,  if  such  entitlements  had  vested  in  full,

entitlement will lapse unless he leaves by reason of death,

have been £119,000.

injury,  disability,  redundancy  or  retirement  or  the

68

Audited information

Directors’ remuneration

Director’s pension arrangements - Mr J C Oakley

Mr Oakley (who was aged 61 at 31 December 2009) was

an  ordinary  member  of  the  R.E.A.  Pension  Scheme  until

The following table shows details of the remuneration of

31 July 2009.  This is a defined benefit scheme of which

individual  directors  holding  office  during  the  year  ended

details are shown in note 37 to the consolidated financial

31 December 2009 (with comparative totals for 2008):

statements.  Mr Oakley elected to  become a pensioner

Salary

and fees Other*

2009
Total

£’000 £’000 £’000

168

234

17

17

17

17

17

17

4

54

172

288

-

-

-

-

-

-

17

17

17

17

17

17

2008
Total

£’000

176

239

9

17

17

17

17

17

R M Robinow (chairman)

J C Oakley

D J Blackett**

J M Green-Armytage

J R M Keatley

D H R Killick

L E C Letts

C L Lim

member of the scheme on 31 July 2009.  In recognition

of  Mr  Oakley’s  withdrawal  from  ordinary  membership  of

the  scheme  ahead  of  attaining  the  age  of  65,  the

company  is  paying  Mr  Oakley  an  amount  in  lieu  of  the

pension contributions that the company would otherwise

have  paid  to  the  pension  scheme.    The  amount  in  lieu

payable in 2009 was £22,000 (2008: £nil).  

Director’s pension entitlement - Mr J C Oakley

504

58

562

509

Details of the pension entitlement are set out below. 

*  comprises benefits and, in the case of Mr Oakley a bonus of £2,000 and

payments in lieu of pension contributions of £22,000.

** appointed 1 July 2008.

In  the  above  table,  amounts  payable  in  respect  of  Mr

Green-Armytage, Mr Letts and Mr Lim were to companies

Accrued annual pension at beginning of year

Increase in annual pension in period to 31 July 2009

Annual pension at end of year *

£

88,425

4,100

92,525

Pension transfer value at beginning of year

1,933,814

in which such directors were interested.  

Contributions made by the director during the 

In addition to the benefits shown under “Other” above, in

2006 Mr Oakley received a benefit in kind relating to the

tax liability arising on a gain on exercise of share options

estimated  at  £178,000.    It  was  agreed  with  Mr  Oakley

that  he  would  effectively  refund  this  amount  by

commensurate  reduction  in  future  non  pensionable

remuneration  to  which  he  would  otherwise  become

entitled  after  1  January  2008.    In  2009,  the  non-

pensionable  salary  ordinarily  payable  was  reduced  by

£21,500  (2008:  £42,500)  and  the  bonus  that  would

normally have been paid by £49,320 (2008: £50,000).

period to 31 July 2009

6,198

Reduction in pension transfer value during the period

(104,757)

Notional transfer value at end of year *

1,835,255

*  before any commutation

The reduction in transfer value is due to different rates for

transfer  of  pension  and  commutation  of  pension  to

provide a pension commencement lump sum.

No part of the increase in pension, or of the movment in

transfer value, during 2009 related to inflation.

69

Directors’ remuneration report continued

Share options - Mr J C Oakley

Pursuant  to  an  option  agreement  of  22  May  2002,  Mr

Oakley was granted an option to subscribe new ordinary

shares of 25p each at a price of 45p per share payable in

cash. There were no performance conditions attached to

the grant of this option as the directors did not consider,

in  the  particular  circumstances  in  which  the  option  was

granted,  that  it  would  be  appropriate  to  impose  any

conditions  and  the  option  was  based  on  the  full  market

value of the ordinary shares at the date of the grant.  The

grant  of  the  option  to  Mr  Oakley  on  this  basis  was

approved  by  special  resolution  of  the  company  prior  to

execution of the option agreement.

The number of shares the subject of the option and the

option subscription price have been amended from time

to time to take account of share issues since the option

was  granted.    As  a  result,  at  the  beginning  and  end  of

2009  the  number  of  ordinary  shares  the  subject  of  the

option was 840,689 and the exercise price was 43.753p

per share.  The market price of the ordinary shares at 31

December  2009  was  414p  and  the  market  price  range

during 2009 was 195p to 480p.  

Since  the  end  of  2009,  Mr  Oakley  has  exercised  his

option  (which  was  due  to  expire  on  21  May  2012)  in

respect  of  840,689  shares  after  which  there  were  no

options  outstanding.    The  market  price  on  the  date  that

the options were exercised was 405p and the gain on the

exercise of options was £3,036,963.

No other options have been granted by the company.

Approved by the board on 27 April 2010
RICHARD M ROBINOW

Chairman

70

Directors’ responsibilities

The  directors  are  responsible  for  preparing  the  annual

law).    The  parent  company  financial  statements  are

report  including  the  directors’  report,  the  directors'

required by law to give a true and fair view of the state of

remuneration  report  and  the  financial  statements  in

affairs  of  the  company.    In  preparing  these  financial

accordance with applicable law and regulations.

statements, the directors are required to:

Company  law  requires  the  directors  to  prepare  financial

•

select  suitable  accounting  policies  and  then  apply

statements  for  each  financial  year.    The  directors  are

them consistently;

required to prepare financial statements for the group in

accordance  with 

International  Financial  Reporting

Standards  (“IFRS”)  as  adopted  by  the  European  Union,

the  Companies  Act  2006  and  Article  4  of  European

Commission Regulation 1606/2002.  

International  Accounting  Standard  1  requires  that  IFRS

financial statements present fairly for each financial year

the  company's  financial  position,  financial  performance

and cash flows.  This requires the faithful representation

of the effects of transactions, other events and conditions

in accordance with the definitions and recognition criteria

for assets, liabilities, income and expenses set out in the

International  Accounting  Standards  Board's  “Framework

for  the  preparation  and  presentation  of  financial

statements”.    In  virtually  all  circumstances,  a  fair

presentation  should  be  achieved  by  compliance  with  all

applicable IFRS.  However, directors are also required to:

properly  select  and  apply  suitable  accounting

policies;

present information, including accounting policies, in

a manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable

and understandable information; and 

•

•

•

• make judgements and estimates that are reasonable

and prudent;

•

state  whether  applicable  United  Kingdom

Accounting Standards have been followed, subject to

any  material  departures  disclosed  and  explained  in

the financial statements; and

•

prepare  the  financial  statements  on  the  going

concern  basis  unless  it  is  inappropriate  to  presume

that the company will continue in business.

The  directors  are  responsible  for  keeping  proper

accounting  records  that  disclose  with  reasonable

accuracy at any time the financial position of the company

and  enable  them  to  ensure  that  the  parent  company

financial  statements  comply  with  the  Companies  Act

2006.    They  are  also  responsible  for  safeguarding  the

assets of the company and hence for taking reasonable

steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other

irregularities.

The  directors  are  responsible  for  the  maintenance  and

integrity  of  the  corporate  and  financial  information

included  on  the  company's  website.    Legislation  in  the

provide additional disclosures when compliance with

United  Kingdom  governing 

the  preparation  and

the specific requirements in IFRS are insufficient to

dissemination  of  financial  statements  may  differ  from

enable  users  to  understand  the  impact  of  particular

legislation in other jurisdictions.

transactions,  other  events  and  conditions  on  the

entity's financial position and financial performance.

The directors have elected to prepare the parent company

financial statements in accordance with United Kingdom

Generally  Accepted  Accounting  Practice  (including

United  Kingdom  Accounting  Standards  and  applicable

71

Directors’ confirmation

The directors are responsible for the preparation of this

annual report.  

To the best of the knowledge of each of the directors:

•

the  accompanying  financial  statements  prepared  in

accordance  with 

the  applicable  accounting

standards,  give  a  true  and  fair  view  of  the  assets,

liabilities,  financial  position  and  profit  or  loss  of  the

company  and  the  undertakings  included  in  the

consolidation taken as a whole; and

•

the  “Directors'  report”  section  of  this  annual  report

including the “Chairman’s statement” and “Review of

the  group”  sections  of  this  annual  report  which  the

Directors' report incorporates by reference provides a

fair  review  of  the  development  and  performance  of

the business and the position of the company and the

undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a

whole  together  with  a  description  of  the  principal

risks and uncertainties that they face.

The current directors of the company and their respective

functions  are  set  out  in  the  “Directors”  section  of  this

annual report.

By order of the board
R.E.A. SERVICES LIMITED

Secretary

27 April 2010

72

Auditors’ report (group)

Independent  auditors’  report  to  the  members  of 
R.E.A. Holdings plc

Scope of the audit of the financial statements

An  audit  involves  obtaining  evidence  about  the  amounts

We have audited the group financial statements of R.E.A.

and disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give

Holdings  plc  for  the  year  ended  31  December  2009

reasonable assurance that the financial statements are free

which  comprise  the  consolidated  income  statement,  the

from  material  misstatement,  whether  caused  by  fraud  or

consolidated  balance  sheet,  the  consolidated  statement

error.    This  includes  an  assessment  of:  whether  the

of comprehensive income, the consolidated statement of

accounting  policies  are  appropriate  to  the  group’s

changes in equity, the consolidated cash flow statement,

circumstances  and  have  been  consistently  applied  and

the  accounting  policies  and  the  related  notes  1  to  42.

adequately  disclosed;  the  reasonableness  of  significant

The financial reporting framework that has been applied

accounting estimates made by the directors; and the overall

in  their  preparation  is  applicable  law  and  International

presentation of the financial statements.

Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the

European Union.

Opinion on financial statements

This report is made solely to the company’s members, as

In our opinion the group financial statements:

a  body,  in  accordance  with  Chapter  3  of  Part  16  of  the

Companies  Act  2006.    Our  audit  work  has  been

undertaken  so  that  we  might  state  to  the  company’s

members those matters we are required to state to them

in  an  auditors’  report  and  for  no  other  purpose.    To  the

fullest  extent  permitted  by  law,  we  do  not  accept  or

assume responsibility to anyone other than the company

and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work,

for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Respective responsibilities of directors and auditors

As  explained  more  fully  in  the  statement  of  Directors’

responsibilities,  the  directors  are  responsible  for  the

preparation of the group financial statements and for being

satisfied  that  they  give  a  true  and  fair  view.    Our

responsibility  is  to  audit  the  group  financial  statements  in

accordance with applicable law and International Standards

on Auditing (UK and Ireland).  Those standards require us

to  comply  with  the  Auditing  Practices  Board’s  (APB’s)

Ethical Standards for Auditors.

•

•

•

give  a  true  and  fair  view  of  the  state  of  the  group’s

affairs as at 31 December 2009 and of its profit for the

year then ended;

have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs

as adopted by the European Union; and

have  been  prepared 

in  accordance  with 

the

requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and Article

4 of the IAS Regulation.

Opinion on other matter prescribed by the Companies
Act 2006

In our opinion the information given in the Directors’ report

for the financial year for which the financial statements are

prepared is consistent with the group financial statements.

73

Auditors’ report (group) continued

Matters  on  which  we  are  required  to  report  by
exception

We have nothing to report in respect of the following:

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report

to you if, in our opinion:

•

•

certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified

by law are not made; or

we  have  not  received  all  the  information  and

explanations we require for our audit.

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review:

•

•

the directors’ statement contained within the Directors’

confirmation in relation to going concern; and

the  part  of  the  Corporate  governance  statement

relating  to  the  company’s  compliance  with  the  nine

provisions of the June 2008 Combined Code specified

for our review.

Other matter

We  have  reported  separately  on  the  parent  company

financial  statements  of  R.E.A.  Holdings  plc  for  the  year

ended 31 December 2009 and on the information in the

Directors’ remuneration report that is described as having

been audited.

Clive Bouch (Senior Statutory Auditor)

for and on behalf of Deloitte LLP

Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 

London, England

27 April 2010

74

Consolidated income statement

for the year ended 31 December 2009

Revenue
Net gain / (loss) arising from changes in fair value of agricultural produce inventory
Cost of sales

Gross profit
Net gain / (loss) arising from changes in fair value of biological assets
Other operating income
Distribution costs
Administrative expenses

Operating profit
Investment revenues
Finance costs

Profit before tax
Tax

Profit for the year

Attributable to:
Ordinary shareholders
Preference shareholders
Minority interests

Earnings per 25p ordinary share
Basic
Diluted

Note

2009
$’000

2008
$’000

2
4

13
2

5

2, 7
8

5
9

10
34

11

78,885
1,556
(33,951)

46,490
9,765
–
(1,303)
(7,234)

47,718
827
(6,828)

79,630
(4,214)
(27,682)

47,734
(2,660)
4
(1,049)
(3,466)

40,563
1,185
(5,439)

41,717
(11,861)

36,309
(10,536)

29,856

25,773

27,119
2,219
518

29,856

23,833
2,360
(420)

25,773

83.3 cents
81.4 cents

73.2 cents
71.5 cents

75

Consolidated balance sheet

as at 31 December 2009

Note

12
13
14
15
16
26

18
19
20

29

27
22
28

22
23
24
25
26
27
28

30
31
32
33

34

2009
$’000

12,578
204,087
72,258
14,117
12,859
5,037
1,276

2008
$’000

12,578
179,745
63,069
13,088
5,386
2,444
1,917

322,212

278,227

13,376
14,340
22,050

49,766

12,795
8,872
30,316

51,983

371,978

330,210

(13,169)
(9,016)
(64)
(1,500)
(412)

(24,161)

(8,719)
(56,965)
(29,677)
(13,609)
(39,478)
–
(4,701)

(12,113)
(904)
(53)
(10,750)
(380)

(24,200)

(2,167)
(50,234)
(29,632)
(26,517)
(31,478)
(61)
(3,310)

(153,149)

(143,399)

(177,310)

(167,599)

194,668

162,611

43,188
27,297
(13,630)
136,499

193,354
1,314

194,668

40,714
27,322
(16,388)
110,383

162,031
580

162,611

Non-current assets
Goodwill
Biological assets
Property, plant and equipment
Prepaid operating lease rentals
Indonesian coal interests
Deferred tax assets
Non-current receivables

Total non-current assets

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Current tax liabilities
Obligations under finance leases
Bank loans
Other loans and payables

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Bank loans
Sterling notes
US dollar notes
Hedging instruments
Deferred tax liabilities
Obligations under finance leases
Other loans and payables

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity
Share capital
Share premium account
Translation reserve
Retained earnings

Minority interests

Total equity

Approved by the board on 27 April 2010 and signed on behalf of the board.

RICHARD M ROBINOW

Chairman

76

Consolidated statement of
comprehensive income

for the year ended 31 December 2009

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
Changes in fair value of cash flow hedges
Tax relating to components of other comprehensive income
Share based payment - deferred tax credit / (charge)

Total comprehensive income for the year

Attributable to:
Ordinary shareholders
Preference shareholders
Minority interests

Notes

2009
$’000
29,856

2008
$’000
25,773

9
9

(6,615)
12,981
(3,567)
743

3,542

14,428
(26,676)
5,633
(1,444)

(8,059)

33,398

17,714

30,620
2,219
559

33,398

15,823
2,360
(469)

17,714

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

for the year ended 31 December 2009

Share
capital
(note 30)
$’000

Share Translation
reserve
(note 32)
$’000

premium
(note 31)
$’000

Retained
earnings
(note 33)
$’000

At 1 January 2008
Total comprehensive income
Scrip issue of preference shares
Dividends to preference shareholders
Dividends to ordinary shareholders
Minority in subsidiary acquired

At 31 December 2008
Total comprehensive income
Issue of new preference shares
Dividends to preference shareholders
Dividends to ordinary shareholders
Changes in minority

38,299
–
2,415
–
–
–

40,714
–
2,474
–
–
–

29,787
–
(2,465)
–
–
–

27,322
–
(25)
–
–
–

(9,822)
(6,566)
–
–
–
–

89,492
24,749
–
(2,360)
(1,498)
–

(16,388) 110,383
30,081
–
(2,219)
(1,746)
–

2,758
–
–
–
–

Sub total

$’000

147,756
18,183
(50)
(2,360)
(1,498)
–

162,031
32,839
2,449
(2,219)
(1,746)
–

Minority
interests
(note 34)
$’000

877
(469)
–
–
–
172

580
559
–
–
–
175

Total
equity

$’000

148,633
17,714
(50)
(2,360)
(1,498)
172

162,611
33,398
2,449
(2,219)
(1,746)
175

At 31 December 2009

43,188

27,297

(13,630) 136,499

193,354

1,314

194,668

77

Consolidated cash flow statement

for the year ended 31 December 2009

Net cash from operating activities

35

29,644

32,300

Note

2009
$’000

2008
$’000

Investing activities

Interest received

Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

Expenditure on biological assets

Expenditure on prepaid operating lease rentals

Acquisition of subsidiary company

Changes in minority interests in subsidiaries

Investment in Indonesian coal interests

Net cash used in investing activities

Financing activities

Preference dividends paid

Ordinary dividends paid

Repayment of borrowings

Repayment of obligations under finance leases

Proceeds of issue of preference share capital less expenses

Issue of sterling notes, net of expenses

New bank borrowings drawn

Net cash (used in) / from financing activities

Cash and cash equivalents

Net (decrease) / increase in cash and cash equivalents

36

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Effect of exchange rate changes

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

827

–

(10,382)

(16,626)

(1,303)

–

175

1,185

103

(24,665)

(15,126)

(1,205)

(3,158)

–

(7,473)

(5,386)

(34,782)

(48,252)

(2,219)

(1,746)

(13,817)

(54)

2,449

(2,360)

(1,498)

(3,000)

(90)

(50)

–

26,880

11,119

–

(4,268)

19,882

(9,406)

30,316

1,140

3,930

34,216

(7,830) 

22,050

30,316

78

Accounting policies (group)

General information

R.E.A.  Holdings  plc  is  a  company  incorporated  in  the
United  Kingdom  under  the  Companies  Act  2006.    The
company’s registered office is at First Floor, 32-36 Great
Portland Street, London W1X 8QX.  Details of the group's
principal activities are provided in the “Directors’ report”.

Basis of accounting

The consolidated financial statements set out on pages 75
to  108  are  prepared  in  accordance  with  International
Financial  Reporting  Standards  (“IFRS”)  as  endorsed  for
use by the European Union as at the date of approval of
the financial statements and therefore comply with Article
4 of the EU IAS Regulation.   The statements are prepared
under  the  historical  cost  convention  except  where
otherwise stated in the accounting policies.

For the reasons given under “Going concern basis” in the
“Directors’  report”,  the  financial  statements  have  been
prepared on the going concern basis.

Functional and presentational currency

The  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  group  are
presented  in  US  dollars,  which  is  considered  to  be  the
currency of the primary economic environment in which the
group  operates.  References  to  “$”  or  “dollar”  in  these
financial  statements  are  to  the  lawful  currency  of  the
United States of America.

Adoption of new and revised standards

Interpretations  issued  by  the  International  Financial
Reporting Interpretations Committee (“IFRIC”) and brought
into  effect  for  the  latest  reporting  period  have  not  led  to
any changes in the group’s accounting policies.

At  the  date  of  authorisation  of  the  consolidated  financial
statements,  the  following  standards  and  interpretations
which have not been applied in these financial statements
were in issue but not yet effective:

•

•

IFRS 3 (revised): “Business combinations”

IAS 27 (revised): “Consolidated and separate financial

statements”

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

IAS  39  (revised):  “Financial  instruments:  recognition

and measurement: eligible hedged items”

IAS 32 (revised): “Financial instruments: presentation:

classification of rights issues”

IFRS 9: “Financial instruments”

IFRIC 9 and IAS39: “Embedded derivatives”

IFRIC 17: “Distributions of non-cash assets to owners”

IFRS 5 (revised): “Non-current assets held for sale and

discontinued operations”

IFRS 2 (revised): “Share-based payments”

IAS 38 (revised): “Intangible assets”

IFRIC  16:  “Hedges  of  a  net  investment  in  a  foreign

operation”

IFRIC 19: “Extinguishing financial liabilities with equity

instruments”

IFRS  31  (revised):  “Additional  exemptions  for  first-

time adopters”

IAS 24 (revised): “Related party disclosures”

IFRS  1 

(revised): 

“Limited  exemption 

from

comparative 

IFRS  7  disclosures  for  first-time

adopters”

IFRIC 18: “Transfers of assets from customers”

IFRIC  14: 

“Prepayments  of  minimum  funding

requirements”

interpretations  come 

The directors anticipate that when the relevant standards
and 
for  periods
commencing on or after 1 January 2010 their adoption will
have  no  material  impact  on  the  consolidated  financial
statements,  save  for  additional  disclosures  which  may  be
required.

into  effect 

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements consolidate those of
the  company  and  its  subsidiary  companies  (as  listed  in
note  (i)  to  the  company’s  individual  financial  statements)
made up to 31 December of each year.

79

Accounting policies (group) continued

The  acquisition  method  of  accounting  is  adopted  with
assets  and  liabilities  valued  at  fair  values  at  the  date  of
acquisition. The interest of minority shareholders is stated
at the minority’s proportion of the fair values of the assets
and  liabilities  recognised.    Any  subsequent  losses
attributable  to  the  minority  shareholders  in  excess  of  the
minority  interest  are  allocated  against  the  interest  of  the
parent. Results of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of are
included  in  the  consolidated  income  statement  from  the
effective  date  of  acquisition  or  to  the  effective  date  of
disposal.  Where  necessary,  adjustments  are  made  to  the
financial statements of subsidiaries to bring the accounting
policies into line with those used by the group.

On  acquisition,  any  excess  of  the  fair  value  of  the
consideration  given  over  the  fair  value  of  identifiable  net
assets acquired is recognised as goodwill. Any deficiency
in  consideration  given  against  the  fair  value  of  the
identifiable net assets acquired is credited to profit or loss
in  the  consolidated  income  statement  in  the  period  of
acquisition.

intra-group  transactions,  balances, 

All 
expenses are eliminated on consolidation.

income  and

Goodwill

Goodwill is recognised as an asset on the basis described
under “Basis of consolidation” above and once recognised
is tested for impairment at least annually. Any impairment
is debited immediately as a loss in the consolidated income
statement and is not subsequently reversed. On disposal of
a  subsidiary,  the  attributable  amount  of  any  goodwill  is
included  in  the  determination  of  the  profit  or  loss  on
disposal.  

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated
to each of the group's cash generating units expected to
benefit  from  the  synergies  of  the  combination.    Cash
generating units to which goodwill has been allocated are
tested  for  impairment  annually,  or  more  frequently  when
there is an indication that the unit may be impaired.

Goodwill arising between 1 January 1998 and the date of
transition to IFRS is retained at the previous UK Generally
Accepted  Accounting  Practice  amount  subject  to  testing
for impairment at that date. Goodwill written off to reserves
prior to 1 January 1998, in accordance with the accounting
standards then in force, has not been reinstated and is not

80

included  in  determining  any  subsequent  profit  or  loss  on
disposal.

Revenue recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration
received  or  receivable  in  respect  of  goods  and  services
provided in the normal course of business, net of VAT and
other  sales  related  taxes.  Sales  of  goods  are  recognised
when the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the
goods are transferred to the buyer and include contracted
sales  in  respect  of  which  the  contracted  goods  are
available  for  collection  by  the  buyer  in  the  accounting
period.  Income from services is accrued on a time basis by
reference to the rate of fee agreed with the buyer.

Interest income is accrued on a time basis by reference to
the principal outstanding and at the effective interest rate
applicable  (which  is  the  rate  that  exactly  discounts
estimated future cash receipts, through the expected life of
the  financial  asset,  to  that  asset’s  net  carrying  amount).
Dividend  income  is  recognised  when  the  shareholders’
rights to receive payment have been established.

Leasing

Assets  held  under  finance  leases  and  other  similar
contracts are recognised as assets of the group at their fair
values or, if lower, at the present values of minimum lease
payments  (for  each  asset,  determined  at  the  inception  of
the  lease)  and  are  depreciated  over  the  shorter  of  the
lease  terms  and  their  useful  lives.  The  corresponding
liabilities are included in the balance sheet as finance lease
obligations.  Lease  payments  are  apportioned  between
finance charges and a reduction in the lease obligation to
produce a constant rate of interest on the balance of the
capital 
repayments  outstanding.  Hire  purchase
transactions are dealt with similarly, except that assets are
depreciated  over  their  useful  lives.  Finance  and  hire
purchase charges are charged directly against income.

Rental  payments  under  operating  leases  are  charged  to
income  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  term  of  the
relevant lease.

Foreign currencies

Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rates
of exchange ruling at the dates of the transactions. At each

balance  sheet  date  assets  and  liabilities  denominated  in
foreign  currencies  are  retranslated  at  the  rates  of
exchange prevailing at that date except that non-monetary
items  that  are  measured  in  terms  of  historical  cost  in  a
retranslated.  Exchange
foreign  currency  are  not 
differences  arising  on  the  settlement  of  monetary  items,
and on the retranslation of other items that are subject to
retranslation, are included in the net profit or loss for the
period,  except  for  exchange  differences  arising  on  non-
monetary  assets  and  liabilities,  including  foreign  currency
loans, which, to the extent that they relate to investment in
overseas  operations  or  hedge  the  group’s  investment  in
such operations, are recognised directly in equity.

For consolidation purposes, the assets and liabilities of any
group entity with a functional currency other than the US
dollar  are  translated  at  the  exchange  rate  at  the  balance
sheet  date.  Income  and  expenses  are  translated  at  the
average  rate  for  the  period  unless  exchange  rates
fluctuate  significantly.  Exchange  differences  arising  are
classified  as  equity  and  transferred  to  the  group’s
translation  reserve.  Such  exchange  differences  are
recognised as income or expenses in the period in which
the entity is sold.

Goodwill  and  fair  value  adjustments  arising  on  the
acquisition  of  an  entity  with  a  functional  currency  other
than  the  US  dollar  are  treated  as  assets  and  liabilities  of
that  entity  and  are  translated  at  the  closing  rate  of
exchange.

Borrowing costs

Borrowing  costs  incurred  in  financing  construction  or
installation  of  qualifying  property,  plant  or  equipment  are
added to the cost of the qualifying asset, until such time as
the  construction  or  installation  is  substantially  complete
and the asset is ready for its intended use. Borrowing costs
incurred  in  financing  the  planting  of  extensions  to  the
developed  agricultural  area  are  treated  as  expenditure
relating  to  biological  assets  until  such  extensions  reach
maturity.  All  other  borrowing  costs  are  recognised  in  the
consolidated income statement of the period in which they
are incurred.

Operating profit

Operating profit is stated after any gain or loss arising from
changes  in  the  fair  value  of  biological  assets  (net  of

expenditure  relating  to  those  assets  up  to  the  point  of
maturity) but before investment income and finance costs.

Retirement benefit costs

For  defined  benefit  retirement  schemes,  the  estimated
regular  cost  of  providing  for  the  benefits  is  calculated  so
that  it  represents  a  substantially  level  percentage  of
current  and  future  pensionable  payroll  and  is  charged  as
an expense as it is incurred.

Amounts  payable  to  recover  actuarial  losses,  which  are
assessed  at  each  actuarial  valuation,  are  payable  over  a
recovery period agreed with the scheme trustees. Provision
is made for the present value of future amounts payable by
the group to cover its share of such losses. The provision is
reassessed at each accounting date, with the difference on
reassessment  being  charged  or  credited 
the
consolidated income statement in addition to the adjusted
regular cost for the period.

to 

Taxation

The  tax  expense  represents  the  sum  of  tax  currently
payable and deferred tax. Tax currently payable represents
amounts expected to be paid (or recovered) based on the
taxable  profit  for  the  period  using  the  tax  rates  and  laws
that  have  been  enacted  or  substantially  enacted  at  the
balance  sheet  date.  Deferred  tax  is  calculated  on  the
balance  sheet  liability  method  on  a  non-discounted  basis
on  differences  between  the  carrying  amounts  of  assets
and  liabilities  in  the  financial  statements  and  the
corresponding fiscal balances used in the computation of
taxable  profits  (temporary  differences).  Deferred  tax
liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary
differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the
extent  that  it  is  probable  that  taxable  profits  will  be
available  against  which  deductible  temporary  differences
can  be  utilised.  A  deferred  tax  asset  or  liability  is  not
recognised in respect of a temporary difference that arises
from goodwill or from the initial recognition of other assets
or liabilities in a transaction which affects neither the profit
for tax purposes nor the accounting profit.

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected
to  apply  in  the  periods  when  deferred  tax  liabilities  are
settled or deferred tax assets are realised. Deferred tax is
charged or credited in the consolidated income statement,
except when it relates to items charged or credited directly

81

Accounting policies (group) continued

to equity, in which case the deferred tax is also dealt with
in equity.

Biological assets

Biological assets comprise oil palm trees and nurseries, in
the former case from initial preparation of land and planting
of  seedlings  through  to  the  end  of  productive  life  of  the
trees and in the latter case from planting of seed through
to field transplanting of seedlings. Biological assets do not
include  the  land  upon  which  the  trees  and  nurseries  are
planted,  or  the  buildings,  equipment,  infrastructure  and
other facilities used in the upkeep of the planted areas and
harvesting  of  crops.  Up  to  31  December  2006  biological
assets  included  plantation  infrastructure,  which  includes
such  assets  as  roads,  bridges  and  culverts.    With  effect
from 1 January 2007 new expenditure on these assets is
included in property, plant and equipment. 

The  biological  process  commences  with  the  initial
preparation of land and planting of seedlings and ceases
with the delivery of crop in the form of fresh fruit bunches
(“FFB”) to the manufacturing process in which crude palm
oil and palm kernel are extracted from the FFB.

Biological assets are revalued at each accounting date on
a  discounted  cash  flow  basis  by  reference  to  the  FFB
expected  to  be  harvested  over  the  full  remaining
productive life of the trees, applying an estimated produce
value  for  transfer  to  the  manufacturing  process  and
allowing  for  upkeep,  harvesting  costs  and  an  appropriate
allocation  of  overheads.  The  estimated  produce  value  is
derived from a long term average of historic crude palm oil
prices buffered so that the implied movement in unit profit
margin in any year does not exceed 5 per cent, and further,
so as to  restrict any implied change in unit profit margin in
contradiction of the trend in current margins. Assets which
are not yet mature at the accounting date, and hence are
not producing FFB, are valued on a similar basis but with
the  discounted  value  of  the  estimated  cost  to  complete
planting  and  to  maintain  the  assets  to  maturity  being
deducted from the discounted FFB value.

All  expenditure  on  the  biological  assets  up  to  maturity,
including interest, is treated as an addition to the biological
assets.  Expenditure  to  maturity  includes  an  allocation  of
overheads  to  the  point  that  trees  are  brought  into
productive  cropping.  Such  overheads  include  general

82

charges  and  the  costs  of  the  Indonesian  head  office
(including  in  both  cases  personnel  costs  and  local  fees)
together  with  costs  (including  depreciation)  arising  from
the  use  of  agricultural  buildings,  plantation  infrastructure
and vehicles.

The variation in the value of the biological assets in each
accounting  period,  after  allowing  for  additions  to  the
biological  assets  in  the  period,  is  charged  or  credited  to
profit  or  loss  as  appropriate,  with  no  depreciation  being
provided on such assets.

Property, plant and equipment

All  property,  plant  and  equipment  (including,  with  effect
from  1  January  2007,  additions 
to  plantation
infrastructure)  is  carried  at  original  cost  less  any
accumulated  depreciation  and  any  accumulated
impairment  losses.  Depreciation  is  computed  using  the
straight line method so as to write off the cost of assets,
other than property and plant under construction, over the
estimated useful lives of the assets as follows: buildings -
20 years; plant and machinery - 5 to 16 years.

Assets  held  under  finance  leases  are  depreciated  over
their  expected  useful  lives  on  the  same  basis  as  owned
assets  or,  where  shorter,  over  the  terms  of  the  relevant
leases. The gain or loss on the disposal or retirement of an
asset  is  determined  as  the  difference  between  the  sales
proceeds, less costs of disposal, and the carrying amount
of the asset and is recognised in the consolidated income
statement.

Prepaid operating lease rentals

Payments to acquire leasehold interests in land are treated
as prepaid operating lease rentals and amortised over the
periods of the leases.  

Impairment  of  tangible  and 
excluding goodwill

intangible  assets

At each balance sheet date, the group reviews the carrying
amounts of its tangible and intangible assets to determine
whether there is any indication that any asset has suffered
an  impairment  loss.  If  any  such  indication  exists,  the
recoverable  amount  of  the  asset  is  estimated  in  order  to
determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). Where

the  asset  does  not  generate  cash  flows  that  are
independent  from  other  assets,  the  group  estimates  the
recoverable  amount  of  the  cash-generating  unit  to  which
the  asset  belongs.  An  intangible  asset  with  an  indefinite
useful life is tested for impairment annually and whenever
there is an indication that the asset may be impaired.

The  recoverable  amount  of  an  asset  (or  cash-generating
unit) is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value
in  use.  In  assessing  value  in  use,  estimated  future  cash
flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax
discount rate that reflects current market assessments of
the  time  value  of  money  and  those  risks  specific  to  the
asset (or cash-generating unit) for which the estimates of
future  cash  flows  have  not  been  adjusted.  If  the
recoverable amount of an asset (or cash-generating unit) is
estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying
amount of the asset (or cash-generating unit) is reduced to
its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognised
as  an  expense  immediately,  unless  the  relevant  asset  is
carried at a revalued amount, in which case the impairment
loss is treated as a revaluation decrease.

Where,  with  respect  to  assets  other  than  goodwill,  an
impairment  loss  subsequently  reverses,  the  carrying
amount of the asset (or cash-generating unit) is increased
to  the  revised  estimate  of  its  recoverable  amount,  but  so
that  the  increased  carrying  amount  does  not  exceed  the
carrying amount that would have been determined had no
impairment  loss  been  recognised  for  the  asset  (or  cash-
generating unit) in prior years. A reversal of an impairment
loss  is  recognised  as  income  immediately,  unless  the
relevant  asset  is  carried  at  a  revalued  amount,  in  which
case  the  reversal  of  the  impairment  loss  is  treated  as  a
revaluation increase.

Inventories

Inventories  of  agricultural  produce  harvested  from  the
biological assets are stated at the fair value at the point of
harvest  of  the  FFB  from  which  the  produce  derives  plus
costs  incurred  in  the  processing  of  such  FFB  (including
direct labour costs and overheads that have been incurred
in  bringing  such  inventories  to  their  present  location  and
condition) or at net realisable value if lower. Inventories of
engineering and other items are valued at the lower of cost,
on  the  weighted  average  method,  or  net  realisable  value.
For  these  purposes,  net  realisable  value  represents  the

estimated  selling  price  (having  regard  to  any  outstanding
contracts for forward sales of produce) less all estimated
costs of processing and costs incurred in marketing, selling
and distribution.

Recognition  and  derecognition  of 
instruments

financial

Financial  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognised  in  the
group’s  financial  statements  when  the  group  becomes  a
party  to  the  contractual  provisions  of  the  relative
constituent instruments. Financial assets are derecognised
only when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the
assets expire or if the group transfers substantially all the
risks and rewards of ownership to another party. Financial
liabilities  are  derecognised  when  the  group’s  obligations
are discharged, cancelled or have expired. 

Non-derivative financial assets

The group’s non-derivative financial assets comprise loans
and receivables (including Indonesian coal interests), and
cash  and  cash  equivalents.  The  group  does  not  hold  any
financial  assets  designated  as  held  at  ‘fair  value  through
profit  and  loss’  (“FVTPL”),  or  as  ‘held-to-maturity’  or
‘available-for-sale’ financial assets.

Loans and receivables

Trade receivables, loans and other receivables in respect of
which  payments  are  fixed  or  determinable  and  which  are
not quoted in an active market are classified as loans and
receivables.  Indonesian  coal  interests  are  classified  as
loans and receivables and measured at amortised cost.  All
other  loans  and  receivables  held  by  the  group  are  non
interest bearing and are stated at their nominal amount.

All  loans  and  receivables  are  reduced  by  appropriate
allowances for irrecoverable amounts.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash  and  cash  equivalents  comprise  cash  on  hand  and
demand  deposits  and  other  short-term  highly  liquid
investments that are readily convertible to a known amount
of  cash  and,  being  subject  to  an  insignificant  risk  of
changes in value, are stated at their nominal amounts.

83

Accounting policies (group) continued

A  derivative  is  presented  as  a  non-current  asset  or  non-
current liability if the remaining maturity of the instrument
is more than 12 months and the derivative is not expected
to  be  realised  or  settled  within  12  months.  Other
derivatives are presented as current assets or liabilities.

Cash flow hedges

Changes  in  the  fair  value  of  derivatives  which  are
designated and qualify as cash flow hedges are deferred in
equity to the extent attributable to the components of the
derivatives that are effective hedges and as such offset the
exchange  fluctuations  relating  to  the  principal  amount  of
the  liability  or  asset  being  hedged.  Other  gains  or  losses
arising are recognised immediately in profit or loss, and are
included  as  ‘other  gains  and  losses’  in  the  consolidated
income  statement.  Hedge  accounting  is  discontinued
when  the  group  revokes  the  hedging  relationship  or  the
hedging  instrument  expires,  is  sold,  terminated,  or
exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. Any
cumulative gain or loss deferred in equity at discontinuance
remains in equity.

Fair value hedges

The  group  does  not  hold  any  derivatives  designated  and
qualifying as fair value hedges.

Equity instruments

Instruments  are  classified  as  equity  instruments  if  the
substance  of  the  relative  contractual  arrangements
evidences  a  residual  interest  in  the  assets  of  the  group
after  deducting  all  of  its  liabilities.    Equity  instruments
issued  by  the  company  are  recorded  at  the  proceeds
received, net of direct issue costs. The preference shares
of the company are regarded as equity instruments.

Share-based payments

The group has applied the requirements of IFRS 2 “Share-
based  payments”  which  contain  transitional  provisions
which  provide  certain  exemptions  for  grants  of  equity
instruments prior to 7 November 2002.

Non-derivative financial liabilities

The  group’s  non-derivative  financial  liabilities  comprise
note  issues,  bank  borrowings,  finance  leases  and  trade
payables. The group does not hold any financial liabilities
classified  as  held  for  trading  or  designated  as  held  at
FVTPL.

Note issues, bank borrowings and finance leases

Note  issues,  bank  borrowings  and  finance  leases  are
classified in accordance with the substance of the relative
contractual  arrangements.  Finance  costs  are  charged  to
income  on  an  accruals  basis,  using  the  effective  interest
method,  and  comprise,  with  respect  to  notes,  the  coupon
payable  together  with  the  amortisation  of  note  issuance
costs (which include any premiums payable on settlement
or  redemption)  and,  with  respect  to  bank  borrowings  and
finance  leases,  the  contractual  rate  of  interest  together
with  the  amortisation  of  costs  associated  with  the
negotiation of, and compliance with, the contractual terms
and conditions.  Note issues are recorded in the accounts
at  their  redemption  value  net  of  the  relative  unamortised
balances of issuance costs.  Bank borrowings and finance
leases  are  recorded  at  the  amounts  of  the  proceeds
received  less  subsequent  repayments  with  the  relative
unamortised  balance  of  costs  treated  as  non-current
receivables.

Trade payables

All  trade  payables  owed  by  the  group  are  non  interest
bearing and are stated at their nominal value. 

Derivative financial instruments

The  group  enters  into  derivative  financial  instruments  to
manage its exposure to interest rate and foreign exchange
rate  risk;  further  details  are  disclosed  in  note  21.
Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value at the date
of  the  contract  and  remeasured  to  their  fair  value  at  the
balance sheet date. The resulting gain or loss is recognised
immediately  in  profit  or  loss  unless  the  derivative  is
designated and qualifies as a hedging instrument (either as
a cash flow hedge or a fair value hedge), in which case the
timing of the recognition in profit or loss depends on the
nature of the hedge relationship.

84

Notes to the consolidated financial
statements

1.  Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty

In the application of the group’s accounting policies, which are set out in the “Accounting policies (group)” section of this annual report,
the directors are required to make judgements, estimates and assumptions. Such judgements, estimates and assumptions are based on
historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual values of assets and amounts of liabilities may differ
from estimates. The judgements, estimates and assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to estimates are recognised
in the period in which the estimates are revised. 

Critical judgements in applying the group’s accounting policies

The following are critical judgements not being judgements involving estimations (which are dealt with below) that the directors have
made in the process of applying the group’s accounting policies. 

Biological assets

IAS 41 “Agriculture” requires the determination of the fair value of biological assets.  In the absence of an active market for such assets,
similar in condition and location to those owned by the group, management must select an appropriate methodology to be used, together
with suitable metrics, for determining fair value.  The directors have applied a discounted cash flow method and have selected a discount
rate that, in their opinion, reflects an appropriate rate of return on investment taking into account the cyclicity of commodity markets (see
note 13).

Capitalisation of interest and other costs

As  described  under  “Biological  assets”  in  “Accounting  policies  (group)”,  all  expenditure  on  biological  assets  up  to  maturity,  including
interest, is treated as an addition to such assets. The directors have determined that normally such capitalisation will cease at the end of
the third financial year following the year in which land clearing commenced.  At this point, plantings should produce a commercial harvest
and accordingly be treated as having been brought into use for the purposes of IAS16 “Property plant and equipment” and of IAS 23
“Borrowing costs”.  However, crop yields at this point may vary depending on the time of year that land clearing commenced and on
climatic conditions thereafter.  In specific cases, the directors may elect to extend the period of capitalisation by a further year.

Key sources of estimation uncertainty

The key sources of estimation uncertainty at the balance sheet date, which have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to
the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year, are described below. 

Biological assets

Because of the inherent uncertainty associated with the valuation methodology used in determining the fair value of the group’s biological
assets, and in particular the volatility of prices for the group’s agricultural produce and the absence of a liquid market for Indonesian oil
palm plantations, the carrying value of the biological assets may differ from their realisable value (see note 13).

Derivatives

As described in note 21, the directors use their judgement in selecting appropriate valuation techniques for financial instruments not
quoted in an active market. For derivative financial instruments, assumptions are made based on quoted market rates adjusted for the
specific features of the instruments.

85

Notes to the consolidated financial
statements continued

1.  Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty - continued

Income taxes

The group is subject to income taxes in various jurisdictions. Significant judgement is required in determining the group’s liability to both
current and deferred tax having regard to the uncertainties relating to the availability of tax losses and to the future periods in which timing
differences are likely to reverse as well as uncertainty regarding recoverability of tax paid against disputed items in an assessment of tax
on an Indonesian group company.

2.  Revenue

Sales of goods
Revenue from services

Other operating income
Investment income

Total revenue

2009
$’000
78,836
49

78,885
–
827

79,712

2008
$’000
79,107
523

79,630
4
1,185

80,819

In 2009 three customers accounted for respectively 43 per cent, 20 per cent and 13 per cent of the group’s sales of goods (2008: four
customers, 38 per cent, 12 per cent, 11 per cent and 11 per cent).

The crop of oil palm fresh fruit bunches for 2009 amounted to 490,178 tonnes (2008: 450,906 tonnes).   The fair value of the crop of
fresh fruit bunches was $44,698,000 (2008: $51,840,000), based on the price formula determined by the Indonesian government for
purchases of fresh fruit bunches from smallholders.

3.  Segment information

In the table below, the group’s sales of goods are analysed by geographical destination and the carrying amount of segment net assets
and additions to property, plant and equipment by geographical area of location. The group operates in two segments, the cultivation of
oil  palms  and  the  develpoment  of  coal  operations.  At  this  stage,  the  latter  does  not  meet  the  quantitative  thresholds  set  out  in  IFRS
“Operating Segments” and, accordingly, no further analyses are provided by business segment.  In 2008, the group had only one business
segment.

Sales by geographical destination:
Indonesia
Rest of Asia

Carrying amount of segment net assets by geographical area of asset location:
UK and Continental Europe
Indonesia

2009
$’m

40.7
38.2 

78.9

17.3
177.4 

194.7

2008
$’m

45.8
33.3 

79.1 

25.3
137.3 

162.6

86

3.  Segment information - continued

Additions to property, plant and equipment by geographical area of asset location:
UK and Continental Europe
Indonesia

2009
$’m

–
13.7

13.7

2008
$’m

–
24.7 

24.7 

4.  Agricultural produce inventory movement

The net gain / (loss) arising from changes in fair value of agricultural produce inventory represents the movement in the fair value of that
inventory less the amount of the movement in such inventory at historic cost (which is included in cost of sales).

5.  Profit before tax

Salient items charged / (credited) in arrriving at profit before tax

Administrative expenses (see below) 
Movement in inventories (at historic cost) 
Operating lease rentals
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Amortisation of prepaid operating lease rentals

Net foreign exchange gains
Charge / (credit) for additional UK pension liability (see note 37)
National insurance contributions on share options
Indonesian operations
Head office

Fee payable to the company’s auditors

2009
$’000

2008
$’000

7,234
1,311
308
3,147
190

(859)
528
355
3,729
3,481

7,234

3,466
(509)
288
2,420
57

(2,935)
(270)
(660)
3,808
3,523

3,466

The amount payable to Deloitte LLP for the audit of the company’s financial statements was $118,000 (2008: $100,000).  Amounts
payable to Deloitte LLP for the audit of accounts of associates of the company pursuant to legislation were $16,000 (2008: $25,000). 

Amounts payable to Deloitte LLP for other services were $3,000 (2008: for other services - $2,000). 

Amounts payable to an associate of Deloitte LLP for the audit of a subsidiary’s financial statements were $10,000 (2008: $9,000).

Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation and net biological (gain) / loss

Operating profit
Depreciation and amortisation
Net biological (gain) / loss

2009
$’000
47,718
3,337
(9,765)

41,290

2008
$’000
40,563
2,477
2,660

45,700

87

Notes to the consolidated financial
statements continued

6.  Staff costs, including directors

Average number of employees (including executive directors):
Agricultural - permanent
Agricultural - temporary
Head office

Their aggregate remuneration comprised:
Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Pension costs

7.  Investment revenues

Interest on bank deposits
Other interest income

8.  Finance costs

Interest on bank loans and overdrafts
Interest on US dollar notes
Interest on sterling notes
Interest on obligations under finance leases
Other finance charges

Amount included as additions to biological assets

2009
Number

2008
Number

3,943
2,210
7

6,160

3,418
2,578
7

6,003

$’000

$’000

15,838
576
1,272

17,686

2009
$’000
430
397

827

2009
$’000
587
2,338
5,989
6
1,467

10,387
(3,559)

6,828

15,095
1,394
922

17,411

2008
$’000
1,185
–

1,185

2008
$’000
886
2,564
5,349
16
1,149

9,964
(4,525)

5,439

Amount  included  as  additions  to  biological  assets  arose  on  borrowings  applicable  to  the  Indonesian  operations  and  reflected  a
capitalisation rate of 30.4 per cent (2008: 35.5 per cent); there is no directly related tax relief.

88

9.  Tax

Current tax:
UK corporation tax
Foreign tax (includes prior years $69,000) (2008: $3,065,000)

Total current tax

Deferred tax:
Current year (includes prior years $nil) (2008: $1,588,000)
Attributable to a decrease in the rate of tax

Total deferred tax

Total tax

2009
$’000

–
6,858

6,858

5,003
–

5,003

2008
$’000

28
13,478

13,506

2,825
(5,795)

(2,970)

11,861

10,536

Taxation is provided at the rates prevailing for the relevant jurisdiction.  For Indonesia, the current taxation provision is based on a tax rate
of 28 per cent (2008: 30 per cent) and the deferred tax provision reflects the reduction in the corporate taxation rate from 30 per cent
to 25 per cent, effective from 2010.  The effect of this reduction in the 2008 accounts is disclosed below and in note 26.  For the United
Kingdom, the taxation provision reflects the reduction in the corporation tax rate from 30 per cent to 28 per cent for 2008/09, the effect
of which for 2008 is also disclosed below and in note 26.  Prior year adjustments in 2008 of $3,065,000 in respect of foreign tax and
$1,588,000 in respect of deferred tax arose as a result of an Indonesian assessment of tax on a group company’s 2006 profits at a
higher level than was originally expected. Full provision has been made for this assessment although significant elements are disputed.

The tax charge for the year can be reconciled to the profit per the consolidated income statement as follows:

Profit before tax

Notional tax at the UK standard rate of 28 per cent (2008: 28.5 per cent)
Tax effect of the following items:
Expenses not deductible in determining taxable profit
Deferred tax asset not recognised
Non taxable income
Overseas tax rates in excess of UK standard rate
Overseas tax rates below UK standard rate
Overseas withholding taxes, net of relief
Tax effect of unrelieved tax losses not recognised for deferred tax
Tax effect of change in rate on UK net deferred tax liability
Tax effect of change in rate on Indonesian deferred tax liabilities
Additional tax provisions

2009
$’000
41,717

2008
$’000
36,309

11,681

10,348

142
–
(88)
–
(672)
729
–
–
–
69

673
(61)
(349)
531
–
625
22
(23)
(5,773)
4,543

Tax expense at effective tax rate for the year

11,861

10,536

In addition to the amount charged to the income statement, the following amounts relating to tax have been recognised directly in other
comprehensive income:

89

Notes to the consolidated financial
statements continued

9.  Tax - continued

Current tax:
Relating to cash flow hedges

Deferred tax:
Relating to cash flow hedges
On share based payment
On prior year loan relationship losses reversed

Total tax recognised directly in other comprehensive income

10.  Dividends

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders:
Preference dividends of 9p per share
Ordinary dividends

2009
$’000

2008
$’000

4,179

(7,235)

(612)
(743)
–
(1,355)

(595)
1,444
2,197
3,046

2,824

(4,189)

2009
$’000

2,219
1,746

3,965

2008
$’000

2,360
1,498

3,858

An interim dividend of 2p per ordinary share in lieu of final in respect of the year ended 31 December 2009 was paid on 29 January
2010. In accordance with IAS10 “Events after the reporting period”, this dividend, amounting in aggregate to $1,054,000, has not been
included in the 2009 financial statements.

11.  Earnings per share

Earnings for the purpose of basic and diluted earnings per share *
* being net profit attributable to ordinary shareholders

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purpose of basic earnings per share
Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purpose of diluted earnings per share

12.  Goodwill

Beginning of year

End of year

2009
$’000
27,119

‘000
32,574
736

33,310

2009
$’000
12,578

12,578

2008
$’000
23,833

‘000
32,574
761

33,335

2008
$’000
12,578

12,578

The goodwill arose from the acquisition by the company in 2006 of a minority interest in the issued ordinary share capital of Makassar
Investments Limited, the parent company of PT REA Kaltim Plantations, for a consideration of $19 million. The goodwill of $12.6 million
at  the  balance  sheet  date  is  considered  by  the  directors  to  be  supported  fully  by  an  assessment  of  the  value  in  use  for  the  oil  palm
business in Indonesia, which is regarded by the directors to be the cash generating unit to which the goodwill applies.

90

13.  Biological assets

Beginning of year
Reclassification from infrastructure (see note 14)
Additions to planted area and costs to maturity including finance costs (see note 8)
Transfers from property, plant and equipment (see note 14)
Transfers to non-current receivables
Net biological gain / (loss)

End of year

Net biological gain / (loss) comprises:
Gain / (loss) arising from movement in fair value attributable to physical changes
Gain arising from movement in fair value attributable to price changes

2009
$’000
179,745
773
13,866
140
(202)
9,765

204,087

2008
$’000
166,347
–
15,763
339
(44)
(2,660)

179,745

9,765
–

9,765

(2,660)
–

(2,660)

The nature of the group’s biological assets and the basis of determination of their fair value is explained under “Biological assets” in
“Accounting policies (group)”. Critical judgements in relation to these matters are detailed in note 1. The valuation assumed a discount
rate of 16 per cent in the case of PT REA Kaltim Plantations (“REA Kaltim”) and 19 per cent in the case of all other group companies
(2008: 16 per cent in the case of REA Kaltim and 19 per cent in the case of all other group companies) and a twenty year average crude
palm  oil  (“CPO”) price  of  $446  per  tonne,  net  of  Indonesian  export  duties,  FOB Samarinda  (2008:  twenty  year  average  of  $431  per
tonne). The effect of the accounting policy on biological assets was that there was no change in the unit profit margin assumed.

The valuation of the group’s biological assets would have been reduced by $11,260,000 (2008: $9,505,000) if the crops projected for
the purposes of the valuation had been reduced by 5 per cent; by $10,660,000 (2008: $8,887,000) if the discount rates assumed had
been increased by 1 per cent and by $22,490,000 (2008: $18,987,000) if the assumed unit profit margin per tonne of oil palm fresh
fruit bunches had been reduced by $5.

As a general rule, all palm products produced by the group are sold at prices prevailing immediately prior to delivery but on occasions,
when market conditions appear favourable, the group makes forward sales at fixed prices. When making such sales, the group would not
normally commit more than 60 per cent of its projected production for a forthcoming period of twelve months. At 31 December 2007,
the  group  had  outstanding  forward  fixed  price  sales  of  CPO  at  the  rate  of  2,000  tonnes  per  month  for  the  two  year  period  to  31
December 2009 at prices equivalent to $620 per tonne, CIF Rotterdam, for the period January to June 2008 (inclusive), $870 per tonne
for the period July to December 2008 (inclusive) and $860 per tonne for the period January to December 2009 (inclusive). During 2008,
the group delivered 12,000 tonnes of CPO against forward sale contracts at the equivalent of a CIF Rotterdam price of $620 per tonne;
the remaining forward sales were cancelled during 2008 by mutual agreement with the counterparty.

At 31 December 2009, the group had outstanding forward sales of 6,000 tonnes of CPO per month for the five month period to May
2010, on terms that the sales price of each delivery be determined immediately ahead of delivery by reference to prevailing open market
prices (31 December 2008: 3,000 tonnes per month for the five month period to 31 May 2009).

At the balance sheet date, biological assets of $165,364,000 (2008: $161,452,000) had been charged as security for bank loans (see
note 22) but there were otherwise no restrictions on titles to the biological assets (2008: none).   Expenditure approved by the directors
for the development of immature areas in 2010 amounts to $37,000,000 (prior year - $13,000,000).

91

Notes to the consolidated financial
statements continued

14.  Property, plant and equipment

Buildings
and structures

Plant, Construction
in progress

Total

Cost:
At 1 January 2008
Additions
Exchange differences
Disposals
Transfers (see note 13)

At 31 December 2008
Reclassification as biological assets (see note 13)
Additions
Exchange differences
Disposals
Transfers (see note 13)

At 31 December 2009

Accumulated depreciation:
At 1 January 2008
Charge for year
Exchange differences
Eliminated on disposals

At 31 December 2008
Charge for year
Exchange differences
Eliminated on disposals

At 31 December 2009

Carrying amount:
End of year

Beginning of year

equipment
and vehicles
$’000

$’000

18,002
10,227
–
–
7,064

35,293
(773)
3,482
–
–
7,705

45,707

1,167
637
–
–

1,804
1,058
–
–

2,862

$‘000

$‘000

29,590
3,135
(183)
(268)
30

32,304
–
2,587
57
–
2,462

37,410

7,869
2,206
(102)
(163)

9,810
2,554
33
–

12,397

3,216
11,303
–
–
(7,433)

7,086
–
7,621
–
–
(10,307)

4,400

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–

50,808
24,665
(183)
(268)
(339)

74,683
(773)
13,690
57
–
(140)

87,517

9,036
2,843
(102)
(163)

11,614
3,612
33
–

15,259

42,845

33,489

25,013

22,494

4,400

7,086

72,258

63,069

The  depreciation  charge  for  the  year  includes  $465,000  (2008: $423,000)  which  has  been  capitalised  as  part  of  the  additions  to
biological assets.

At the balance sheet date,  the book value of finance leases included in property, plant and equipment was $139,000 (2008: $174,000).

At  the  balance  sheet  date,  the  group  had  entered  into  contractual  commitments  for  the  acquisition  of  property,  plant  and  equipment
amounting to $360,000 (2008: $2,394,000).

92

15.  Prepaid operating lease rentals

Cost:
Beginning of year
Additions
End of year

Accumulated depreciation:
Beginning of year
Charge for year
End of year

Carrying amount:
End of year

Beginning of year

2009
$‘000

13,723
1,304
15,027

635
275
910

2008
$‘000

9,188
4,535
13,723

365
270
635

14,117

13,088

13,088

8,823

The depreciation charge for the year includes $85,000 (2008: $212,000) which has been capitalised as part of the additions to biological
assets.

Additions in the year include $nil (2008: $3,330,000) in respect of a subsidiary acquired during the year.

Land title certificates have been obtained in respect of areas covering 52,029 hectares (2008: 46,841 hectares). 

16.  Indonesian coal interests

The balance of $12,859,000 (2008: $5,386,000) comprises interest bearing loans made to two Indonesian companies that, directly and
through a further Indonesian company, own rights in respect of certain coal concessions in East Kalimantan Indonesia, together with
related balances; such loans are repayable not later than 2020.  Arrangements have been agreed whereby the group will have the right
to acquire the concession holding companies at original cost as soon as Indonesian law allows this on a basis that will give the group 95
per cent ownership of those companies.  In the interim, the group will receive appropriate remuneration for the funding and services that
it  provides  to  the  concession  holding  companies  and  no  dividends  or  other  distributions  or  payments  may  be  paid  or  made  by  the
concession holding companies to the existing owners of the companies without the prior agreement of the group. The directors do not
consider that any provision for impairment of the Indonesian coal interests is required.

17.  Subsidiaries

A list of the principal subsidiaries, including the name, country of incorporation and proportion of ownership is given in note (i) to the
company’s individual financial statements.

Certain borrowings incurred by PT REA Kaltim Plantations (“REA Kaltim”) limit the payment of dividends by REA Kaltim to a proportion of
REA Kaltim’s annual profit after tax.

18.  Inventories

Agricultural produce
Engineering and other operating inventory

2009
$’000
5,477
7,899

2008
$’000
4,879
7,916

13,376

12,795

93

Notes to the consolidated financial
statements continued

19.  Trade and other receivables

Due from sale of goods
Prepayments and advance payments 
Advance payment of taxation
Deposits and other receivables

2009
$’000
2,618
2,375
8,121
1,226

14,340

2008
$’000
712
1,200
6,199
761

8,872

Sales of goods are normally made on a cash against documents basis with an average credit period (which takes account of customer
deposits  as  disclosed  in  note  29)  of  6  days  (2008:  nil  days).  The  directors  consider  that  the  carrying  amount  of  trade  and  other
receivables approximates their fair value.

20.  Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash held by the group and short-term bank deposits with a maturity of one month or less. 

21.  Financial instruments

Capital risk management

The group manages as capital its debt, which includes the borrowings disclosed in notes 22 to 24, cash and cash equivalents and equity
attributable to shareholders of the parent, comprising issued ordinary and preference share capital, reserves and retained earnings as
disclosed in notes 30 to 33. The group is not subject to externally imposed capital requirements.

The directors’ policy in regard to the capital structure of the group is to seek to enhance returns to holders of the company's ordinary
shares by meeting a proportion of the group's funding needs with prior charge capital and to constitute that capital as a mix of preference
share capital and borrowings from banks, development institutions and the public debt market, in proportions which suit, and as respects
borrowings having a maturity profile which suits, the assets that such capital is financing. In so doing, the directors regard preference
share capital as permanent capital and then seek to structure the group's borrowings so that shorter term bank debt is used only to
finance working capital requirements while debt funding for the group's development programme is sourced from issues of medium term
listed debt securities and borrowings from development institutions.

Net debt to equity ratio

Whilst the directors believe that it is important that the group retains flexibility as to the percentage of the group's overall funding that is
represented by net debt, as a general indication, they believe that, at the present stage of the group's development, net debt should not
exceed 100 per cent of total equity.  The target for 31 December 2010 is 60 per cent (2009: 60 per cent).  Net debt, equity and the net
debt to equity ratio at the balance sheet date were as follows:

Debt and related engagements *
Cash and cash equivalents
Net debt and related engagements
* being the book value of long and short term borrowings as detailed in the table below under “Fair value of financial instruments”.

Equity (including minority interests)
Net debt to equity ratio

2009
$’000
104,580
(22,050)
82,530

2008
$’000
108,264
(30,316)
77,948

194,668
42.4%

162,611
47.9%

94

21.  Financial instruments - continued

Significant accounting policies

Details of the significant accounting policies and methods adopted, including the criteria for recognition, the basis of measurement and
the basis on which income and expenses are recognised, in respect of each class of financial instrument are disclosed in the “Accounting
policies (group)” section of this annual report.

Categories of financial instruments

Non-derivative financial assets as at 31 December 2009 comprised loans and receivables (including Indonesian coal interests) and cash
and cash equivalents amounting to $38,785,000 (2008: $37,834,000).

Non-derivative financial liabilities as at 31 December 2009 comprised liabilities at amortised cost amounting to $106,714,000 (2008:
$102,920,000).

Derivative financial instruments at 31 December 2009 comprised instruments in designated hedge accounting relationships at fair value
amounting to a liability of $13,609,000 (2008: a liability of $26,517,000).

As explained in note 16 arrangements exist for the group to acquire at historic cost the shares in the Indonesian companies owning rights
over certain coal concessions. The directors have attributed a fair value of zero to these rights in view of the prior claims of the loan
financing, present stage of the operations and legislative uncertainty.

Financial risk management objectives

The group manages the financial risks relating to its operations through internal reports which permit the degree and magnitude of such
risks to be assessed. These risks include market risk, credit risk and liquidity risk.

The group seeks to reduce risk by using, where appropriate, derivative financial instruments to hedge risk exposures. The use of derivative
financial instruments is governed by group policies set by the board of directors of the company. The board also sets policies on foreign
exchange  risk,  interest  rate  risk,  credit  risk,  the  use  of  non-derivative  financial  instruments,  and  the  investment  of  excess  liquidity.
Compliance  with  policies  and  exposure  limits  is  reviewed  on  a  continuous  basis.  The  group  does  not  enter  into  or  trade  financial
instruments, including derivative financial instruments, for speculative purposes.

Market risk

The financial market risks to which the group is primarily exposed are those arising from changes in interest rates and foreign currency
exchange rates. 

The group’s policy as regards interest rates is to borrow whenever possible at fixed interest rates, but where borrowings are raised at
floating rates the directors would not normally seek to hedge such exposure. The sterling notes and the US dollar notes carry interest at
fixed rates of, respectively, 9.5 and 7.5 per cent per annum.  In addition, the company’s preference shares carry an entitlement to a fixed
annual dividend of 9 pence per share.

Interest is payable on drawings under the Indonesian consortium loan facilities at a floating rate equal to 2.75 per cent per annum over
Singapore Inter Bank Offered Rate (“SIBOR”) (2008: 2.75 per cent). In addition, the interest rate formula includes an allowance for the
bankers’ cost of funds (2008: $nil).

95

Notes to the consolidated financial
statements continued

21.  Financial instruments - continued

A  one  per  cent  increase  in  interest  applied  to  those  financial  instruments  shown  in  the  table  below  entitled  “Fair  value  of  financial
instruments” as held at 31 December 2009 (other than the cross currency interest rate swap) which carry interest at floating rates would
have resulted over a period of one year in a pre-tax profit (and equity) increase of approximately $118,000 (2008: pre-tax profit (and
equity) increase of $174,000).

The group regards the US dollar as the functional currency of most of its operations and seeks to ensure that, as respects that proportion
of  its  investment  in  the  operations  that  is  met  by  borrowings,  it  has  no  currency  exposure  against  the  US  dollar.    Accordingly,  where
borrowings are incurred in a currency other than the US dollar, the group endeavours to cover the resultant currency exposure by way of
a debt swap or other appropriate currency hedge.  The group does not cover the currency exposure in respect of the component of the
investment that is financed with pounds sterling denominated equity.  The group's policy is to maintain limited balances in pounds sterling
sufficient to meet its projected sterling expenditure for a period of up to  twelve months and a balance in Indonesian rupiahs sufficient
for its immediate Indonesian rupiah requirements but, otherwise, to keep all cash balances in US dollars.  The group does not normally
otherwise hedge its revenues and costs arising in currencies other than the US dollar.

At the balance sheet date, the group had non US dollar monetary items denominated in pounds sterling and Indonesian rupiah.  A 5 per
cent  strengthening  of  the  pound  sterling  against  the  US  dollar  would  have  resulted  in  a  gain  dealt  with  in  the  consolidated  income
statement and equity of $180,000 on the net sterling denominated non-derivative monetary items (excluding the sterling notes which
are hedged) (2008: gain of $100,000).   A 5 per cent strengthening of the Indonesian rupiah against the US dollar would have resulted
in  a  gain  dealt  with  in  the  consolidated  income  statement  and  equity  of  $188,000  on  the  net  Indonesian  rupiah  denominated,  non-
derivative monetary items (2008: loss of $125,000).  

Credit risk

Credit  risk  refers  to  the  risk  that  a  counterparty  will  default  on  its  contractual  obligations  resulting  in  financial  loss  to  the  group.  The
directors consider that the group is not exposed to any major concentrations of credit risk. At 31 December 2009, 78 per cent of bank
deposits were held with banks with a Moody’s prime rating of P1, 18 per cent  with a bank with a Moody’s prime rating of P3 and the
balance with banks with no Moody’s prime rating. Substantially all sales of goods are made on the basis of cash against documents or
letters of credit. At the balance sheet date, no trade receivables were past their due dates, nor were any impaired; accordingly no bad
debt provisions were required.  The maximum credit risk exposures in respect of the group’s financial assets at 31 December 2009 and
31 December 2008 equal the amounts reported under the corresponding balance sheet headings.

Liquidity risk

Ultimate  responsibility  for  liquidity  risk  management  rests  with  the  board  of  directors  of  the  company,  which  has  established  an
appropriate framework for the management of the group’s short, medium and long-term funding and liquidity requirements. Within this
framework, the board continuously monitors forecast and actual cash flows and endeavours to maintain adequate liquidity in the form of
cash reserves and borrowing facilities while matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities. Undrawn facilities available
to the group at balance sheet date are disclosed in note 22.

The board reviews the cash forecasting models for the operation of the plantations and compares these with the forecast outflows for
debt obligations and projected capital expenditure programmes for the plantations, applying sensitivities to take into account perceived
major uncertainties. In their review, the directors place the greatest emphasis on the cash flow of the first two years.

96

21.  Financial instruments - continued

Non-derivative financial instruments

The following tables detail the contractual maturity of the group’s non-derivative financial liabilities. The tables have been drawn up based
on  the  undiscounted  amounts  of  the  group’s  financial  liabilities  based  on  the  earliest  dates  on  which  the  group  can  be  required  to
discharge those liabilities. The table includes liabilities for both principal and interest.

2009

Bank loans
US dollar notes 
Sterling notes 
Trade and other payables, and customer deposits
Obligations under finance leases

2008

Bank loans
US dollar notes 
Sterling notes 
Trade and other payables, and customer deposits
Obligations under finance leases

Weighted
average
interest
rate
6.5%
8.0%
10.4%

10.0%

Weighted
average
interest
rate
5.8%
8.0%
10.4%

10.0%

Under
1 year
$’000
2,126
2,250
5,663
7,964
68

Between
1 and 2
years
$’000
2,610
2,250
5,647
–
–

Over 2
years
$’000
7,125
34,500
87,915
–
–

Total
$’000
11,861
39,000
99,225
7,964
68

18,071

10,507

129,540

158,118

Under
1 year
$’000
11,119
2,250
5,035
8,332
62

26,798

Between
1 and 2
years
$’000
2,180
2,250
4,944
–
65

Over 2
years
$’000
–
36,750
77,983
–
–

Total
$’000
13,299
41,250
87,962
8,332
127

9,439

114,733

150,970

At 31 December 2009, the group’s non-derivative financial assets (other than receivables) comprised cash and deposits of $22,050,000
(2008: $30,316,000) carrying a weighted average interest rate of 1.9 per cent (2008: 3.1 per cent) all having a maturity of under one
year, and Indonesian coal interests of $12,859,000 (2008: $5,386,000) details of which are given in note 16.

Derivative financial instruments

The  following  table  details  the  amounts  due  in  respect  of  the  group’s  derivative  financial  instruments.  These  arise  under  the  cross
currency interest rate swaps (“CCIRS”) described in note 25.  The cash flows are settled gross and, therefore, the table takes no account
of sterling receipts under the CCIRS.

At 31 December 2009

At 31 December 2008

Under
1 year
$’000
7,197

7,197

Between
1 and 2
years
$’000
7,178

Over 2
years
$’000
97,429

Total
$’000
111,804

7,197

104,607

119,001

97

Notes to the consolidated financial
statements continued

21.  Financial instruments - continued

Fair value of financial instruments

The table below provides an analysis of the book values and fair values of financial instruments, excluding receivables and trade payables
and Indonesian coal interests, as at the balance sheet date. All financial instruments are classified as level 1 in the fair value hierarchy
prescribed by IFRS 7 “Financial  instruments: disclosures” other than the cross currency interest rate swaps that are classified as level 2.
No reclassifications between levels in the fair value hierarchy were made during 2009 (2008: none).

Cash and deposits +
Debt - within one year +
Debt - after more than one year +
Finance leases o
US dollar notes o
Sterling notes o
Cross currency interest rate swaps - hedge against principal liabilities

Net debt and related engagements
Cross currency interest rate swaps - hedge against interest liabilities

+bearing interest at floating rates
o bearing interest at fixed rates

2009
Book value
$’000
22,050
(1,500)
(8,719)
(64)
(29,677)
(56,965)
(7,655)

(82,530)
(5,954)

2009
Fair value
$’000
22,050
(1,500)
(8,719)
(64)
(27,000)
(57,066)
(7,655)

(79.954)
(5,954)

2008
Book value
$’000
30,316
(10,750)
(2,167)
(114)
(29,632)
(50,234)
(15,367)

(77,948)
(11,150)

2008 
Fair value
$’000
30,316
(10,750)
(2,167)
(114)
(21,382)
(44,906)
(15,367)

(64,370)
(11,150)

(88,484)

(85,908)

(89,098)

(75,520)

The fair values of cash and deposits, bank debt and Indonesian coal interests approximate their carrying values since these carry interest
at current market rates. The fair values of the US dollar notes and sterling notes are based on the latest prices at which those notes were
traded prior to the balance sheet date, save that, at 31 December 2008, the fair value of the sterling notes was estimated by the directors,
based on a yield comparision with UK government debt issues.

The fair value of the cross currency interest rate swaps (“CCIRS”) has been derived by a discounted cash flow analysis using quoted
foreign forward exchange rates and yield curves derived from quoted interest rates with maturities corresponding to the applicable cash
flows. The valuation of the CCIRS at 31 December 2009 at fair value resulted in a loss of $13,609,000 (2008: loss of $26,517,000)
which has been taken directly to equity, net of related tax relief.  A 50 basis points movement in the spread between the assumed yield
curves for pounds sterling and the US dollar would increase or decrease the valuation by approximately $2,847,000 (2008: $2,783,000).

22.  Bank loans

Bank loans

The bank loans are repayable as follows:
On demand or within one year
Between one and two years
Between three and five years

98

2009
$‘000
10,219

1,500
2,100
6,619

10,219

2008
$‘000
12,917

10,750
2,167
–

12,917

22.  Bank loans - continued

Amount due for settlement within 12 months (shown under current liabilities)
Amount due for settlement after 12 months

2009
$‘000
1,500
8,719

10,219

2008
$‘000
10,750
2,167

12,917

All bank loans are denominated in US dollars and are at floating rates, thus exposing the group to interest rate risk. The weighted average
interest  rate  in  2009  was  5.5  per  cent  (2008:  5.8  per  cent).    Bank  loans  of  $10,219,000  (2008:  $12,917,000)  are  secured  on
substantially the whole of the assets and undertaking of PT REA Kaltim Plantations (“REA Kaltim”), amounting to $277 million (2008:
$265 million), and are the subject of an unsecured guarantee by the company. The banks are entitled to have recourse to their security
on usual banking terms.

At the balance sheet date, the group had undrawn US dollar denominated bank facilities of $4.75 million (2008: $4.0 million).

23.  Sterling notes

The sterling notes comprise £37 million nominal of 9.5 per cent guaranteed sterling notes 2015/17 issued by the company’s subsidiary,
REA Finance B.V..  Unless previously redeemed or purchased and cancelled by the issuer, the sterling notes are repayable in three equal
instalments commencing on 31 December 2015.

The repayment obligation in respect of the sterling notes of £37 million ($59.8 million) is hedged by forward foreign exchange contracts
for the purchase of £37 million and for the sale of $68.6 million and is carried in the balance sheet net of the unamortised balance of
the note issuance costs. 

If a person or group of persons acting in concert obtains the right to exercise more than 50 per cent of the votes that may generally be
cast at a general meeting of the company, each holder of sterling notes has the right to require that the notes held by such holder be
repaid at 101 per cent of par, plus any interest accrued thereon up to the date of completion of the repayment.

24.  US dollar notes

The US dollar notes comprise US$30 million nominal of 7.5 per cent dollar notes 2012/14 of the company, and are stated net of the
unamortised balance of the note issuance costs. Unless previously redeemed or purchased and cancelled by the company, the US dollar
notes are redeemable in three equal annual instalments commencing on 31 December 2012.   

Pursuant to a supplemental rights agreement dated 23 January 2006, between the company and the holders of $19 million nominal of
US dollar notes, the latter have the right, exercisable under certain limited circumstances, to require the company to purchase the US
dollar notes held by them at a price equal to the aggregate of the nominal amount of the notes being purchased and any interest accrued
thereon up to the date of completion of the purchase.  Such circumstances include a material disposal of assets by the group or a person
or group of persons acting in concert obtaining the right to exercise more than 50 per cent of the votes that may generally be cast at a
general meeting of the company.

Details of a futher issue of the US dollar notes after the balance sheet date are given in note 40.

99

Notes to the consolidated financial
statements continued

25.  Hedging instruments

At both 31 December 2009 and 31 December 2008, the group had outstanding three contracts for the forward purchase of £37 million
and sale of $68.6 million maturing in 2015 pursuant to the cross currency interest rate swaps (“CCIRS”) entered into by the group to
hedge  the  foreign  currency  exposure  of  the  group  arising  from  the  interest  and  principal  repayment  obligations  of  its  9.5  per  cent
guaranteed  sterling  notes  2015/17  (“sterling  notes”).    Either  party  to  the  CCIRS  has  the  option  to  terminate  the  CCIRS  on  the  fifth
anniversary of the initial trade date on the basis that, upon such termination, the CCIRS will be closed out at prevailing market value
calculated by reference to mid market interest and sterling US dollar exchange rates with no adjustment for specific credit risk.  During
the year, the hedges were effective in hedging the related sterling interest payment obligations on the sterling notes up to and including
31 December 2015 and in providing the £37 million required to meet the principal repayment obligations. The fair value  of the CCIRS
has been described in note 21.

26.  Deferred tax

The following are the major deferred tax liabilities and assets recognised by the group and the movements thereon during the year and
preceding year:

Deferred tax assets / (liabilities)

At 1 January 2008
(Charge)/credit to income for the year
Charge to equity for the year
Exchange differences
Effect of change in tax rates - income statement
Transfers

Property, plant
and equipment
$’000
(17,601)
(3,847)
–
3,209
3,318
–

Income/ Share based
payments
expenses*
$’000
$’000
2,304
(1,274)
–
291
(1,444)
(1,529)
(322)
(348)
–
(371)
–
1,243

Biological
assets
$’000
(17,369)
798
–
–
2,913
–

(13,658)
(2,979)
–
–

At 31 December 2008
(Charge) / credit to income for the year
Credit to equity for the year
Exchange differences

(14,921)
(3,052)
–
(2,407)

At 31 December 2009

(20,380)

(16,637)

Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities

At 31 December 2009

Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities

318
(20,698)

–
(16,637)

(20,380)

(16,637)

7
(14,928)

–
(13,658)

(1,988)
1,614
–
846

472

2,615
(2,143)

472

904
(2,892)

At 31 December 2008
* includes income, gains or expenses recognised for reporting purposes, but not yet charged to or allowed for tax.

(14,921)

(13,658)

(1,988)

538
–
743
92

1,373

1,373
–

1,373

538
–

538

Tax
losses 
$’000
2,591
93
(2)
(219)
(225)
(1,243)

995
(586)
–
322

731

731
–

731

995
–

995

Total

$’000
(31,349)
(2,665)
(2,975)
2,320
5,635
–

(29,034)
(5,003)
743
(1,147)

(34,441)

5,037
(39,478)

(34,441)

2,444
(31,478)

(29,034)

At the balance sheet date, the group had unused tax losses, including a share based payments provision, of $7.8 million (2008: $5.9
million) available to be applied against future profits. A deferred tax asset of $2,104,000 (2008: $1,533,000) has been recognised in
respect of these losses made up of $1,373,000 in respect of the share based payment provision (2008: $538,000) and $731,000 in
respect of other tax losses (2008: $995,000).

100

26.  Deferred tax - continued

At the balance sheet date, the aggregate amount of temporary differences associated with undistributed earnings of subsidiaries for
which deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised was $6,150,000 (2008: $3,750,000). No liability has been recognised in respect
of these differences because the group is in a position to control the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that such
differences will not significantly reverse in the foreseeable future.

The deferred tax asset in respect of tax losses assumes that losses for tax purposes incurred by the plantation companies in Indonesia
may be carried forward for five years.

The  forthcoming  reduction  in  Indonesian  corporation  tax  from  28  per  cent  to  25  per  cent  has  reduced  the  net  amount  of  Indonesian
deferred tax liabilities by $nil (2008: $5,635,000).

27.  Obligations under finance leases

Minimum lease payments:
Amounts payable under finance leases
Within one year
In the second to fifth years inclusive

Less: Future finance charges

Present value of lease obligations

Representing:
Amounts payable under finance leases
Within one year
In the second to fifth years inclusive

Present value of lease obligations

Amount due for settlement within 12 months (shown under current liabilities)
Amount due for settlement after 12 months

2009
$’000

2008
$’000

68
–

68
4

64

64
–

64

64
–

64

62
65

127
13

114

53
61

114

53
61

114

The group leases certain items of plant and equipment under finance leases. The average lease term is one year (2008: one to two
years). Interest rates are fixed at the contract rate. The average borrowing rate for the year was 10.0 per cent (2008: 10.0 per cent). All
leases  are  on  a  fixed  repayment  basis  and  no  arrangements  have  been  entered  into  for  contingent  rental  payments.  Most  lease
obligations are denominated in Indonesian rupiahs. Obligations under finance leases are secured by the lessor’s charge over the leased
assets. 

101

Notes to the consolidated financial
statements continued

28.  Other loans and payables

Retirement benefit obligations (see note 37)
Other

The amounts are repayable as follows:
On demand or within one year (shown under current liabilities)

In the second year
In the third to fifth years inclusive
After five years

Amount due for settlement after 12 months

Amounts of liabilities by currency:
Sterling
US dollar
Indonesian rupiah

2009
$’000
4,573
540

5,113

2008
$’000
3,078
612

3,690

412

380

394
1,308
2,999

4,701

373
1,159
1,778

3,310

5,113

3,690

2,909
436
1,768

5,113

2,117
509
1,064

3,690

Further details of the retirement benefit obligations which relate to the R.E.A. Pension Scheme (the “Scheme”) are set out in note 37.
The directors estimate that the fair value of retirement benefit obligations (being the retirement benefit funding obligations agreed with
the trustees of the Scheme following the 2008 actuarial valuation referred to in note 37) and of other loans and payables approximates
their carrying value.  

29.  Trade and other payables

Trade purchases and ongoing costs
Customer deposits
Other tax and social security
Accruals
Other payables

The average credit period taken on trade payables is 37 days (2008: 37 days).

The directors estimate that the fair value of trade payables approximates their carrying value. 

30.  Share capital

Authorised (in pounds sterling):
17,500,000 - 9 per cent cumulative preference shares of £1 each (2008: 17,500,000)
41,000,000 - ordinary shares of 25p each (2008: 41,000,000) 

2009
$’000
5,517
1,288
2,098
3,107
1,159

2008
$’000
6,071
2,021
282
3,499
240

13,169

12,113

2009
£’000

17,500
10,250

27,750

2008
£’000

17,500
10,250

27,750

102

30.  Share capital - continued

Issued and fully paid (in US dollars):
16,392,954 - 9 per cent cumulative preference shares of £1 each (2008: 14,902,954)
32,573,856 - ordinary shares of 25p each (2008: 32,573,856)

2009
$’000
28,958
14,230

43,188

2008
$’000
26,484
14,230

40,714

The preference shares entitle the holders thereof to payment, out of the profits of the company available for distribution and resolved to
be distributed, of a fixed cumulative preferential dividend of 9 per cent per annum on the nominal value of the shares and to repayment,
on a winding up of the company, of the amount paid up on the preference shares and any arrears of the fixed dividend in priority to any
distribution on the ordinary shares.  Subject to the rights of the holders of preference shares, holders of ordinary shares are entitled to
share equally with each other in any dividend paid on the ordinary share capital and, on a winding up of the company, in any surplus assets
available for distribution among the members.

Changes in share capital:

•

on 6 November 2009, 1,490,000 9 per cent cumulative preference shares were issued, credited as fully paid,  by way of a placing
at par plus an amount equal to the accrued but unpaid dividend entitlement of 3.18 pence relating to the period before issue.

Details of a director’s share options are disclosed in the audited part of the directors’ remuneration report, as required by FRS 20 “Share
based payments”.

31.  Capital reserves

At 1 January 2008
Capitalisation issue of new preference shares
Expenses of issue 

At 31 December 2008
Expenses of issue of new preference shares

At 31 December 2009

32.  Translation reserve

At 1 January 2008
Reclassification of balances brought forward
Exchange translation differences arising during the year
Fair value loss on cash flow hedge

At 31 December 2008
Exchange translation differences arising during the year
Fair value profit on cash flow hedge

At 31 December 2009

Share
premium
account
$’000
29,787
(2,415)
(50)

27,322
(25)

27,297

Total
$’000
(9,822)
–
12,191
(18,757)

(16,388)
(6,571)
9,329

Hedging
reserve
$’000
(506)
414
18,443
(18,757)

(406)
(6,475)
9,329

Other
reserve
$’000
(9,316)
(414)
(6,252)
–

(15,982)
(96)
–

2,448

(16,078)

(13,630)

103

Notes to the consolidated financial
statements continued

33.  Retained earnings

Beginning of year
Profit for the year
Ordinary dividend paid
Share based payment - deferred tax credit / (charge) 

End of year

34.  Minority interest

Beginning of year
Share of profit / (loss) after taxation
Share of items taken directly to equity
Exchange translation differences
Subscription to share capital of new subsidiary

End of year

35.  Reconciliation of operating profit to operating cash flows

Operating profit
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
(Increase) / decrease in fair value of agricultural produce inventory
Amortisation of prepaid operating lease rentals
Amortisation of sterling and US dollar note issue expenses
Biological (gain) / loss 
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Operating cash flows before movements in working capital
Decrease / (increase) in inventories (excluding fair value movements)
Increase in receivables
(Decrease) / increase in payables
Exchange translation differences

Cash generated by operations
Taxes paid
Interest paid

Net cash from operating activities

2009
$’000
110,383
27,119
(1,746)
743

2008
$’000
89,492
23,833
(1,498)
(1,444)

136,499

110,383

2009
$’000
580
518
84
(43)
175

1,314

2009
$’000
47,718
3,148
(1,556)
190
344
(9,765)
–

40,079
2,158
(2,670)
(690)
(48)

38,829
(2,284)
(6,901)

29,644

2008
$’000
877
(420)
(89)
40
172

580

2008
$’000
40,563
2,420
4,214
57
287
2,660
2

50,203
(5,091)
(581)
5,329
1,036

50,896
(13,122)
(5,474)

32,300

No additions to property, plant and equipment during the year were financed by new finance leases (2008: $nil).

104

36. Movement in net borrowings

Change in net borrowings resulting from cash flows:
(Decrease) / increase in cash and cash equivalents
Net decrease in borrowings

Amortisation of US dollar notes issue expenses
Issue of sterling notes less amortised expenses
Lease repayments

Currency translation differences
Net borrowings at beginning of year

Net borrowings at end of year

37.  Pensions

2009
$’000

(9,406)
2,698

(6,708)
(88)
(256)
54

(6,998)
(5,296)
(62,581)

2008
$’000

3,930
3,000

6,930
(94)
(27,073)
90

(20,147)
9,607
(52,041)

(74,875)

(62,581)

The company is the principal employer of the R.E.A. Pension Scheme (the “Scheme”) and a subsidiary company is a participating employer.
The  Scheme  is  a  multi-employer  contributory  defined  benefit  scheme  with  assets  held  in  a  trustee-administered  fund,  which  has
participating employers outside the group. The Scheme is closed to new members.

As the Scheme is a multi-employer scheme, in which the employer is unable to identify its share of the underlying assets and liabilities
(because there is no segregation of the assets) and does not prepare valuations on an IAS19 basis, the group accounts for the Scheme
as if it were a defined contribution scheme.

A non-IAS 19 valuation of the Scheme was last prepared, using the attained age method, as at 31 December 2008. This method was
adopted in the previous valuation as at 31 December 2005, as it was considered the appropriate method of calculating future service
benefits as the Scheme is closed to new members. At 31 December 2008 the Scheme had an overall shortfall in assets (deficit), when
measured against the Scheme’s technical provisions, of £3,579,000. The technical provisions were calculated using assumptions of an
investment return of 5.85 per cent pre-retirement and 4.92 per cent post-retirement, an annual increase in pensionable salaries of 3.75
per cent and an annual increase in present and future pensions of 3.0 per cent. The rate of increase in the retail price index was assumed
to be 3.0 per cent. It was further assumed that both non-retired and retired members’ mortality would reflect PNA00 Ic YOB tables, with
males at min 0.75 per cent 110 percent and females at min 0.5 per cent 110 per cent and that members would take the maximum cash
sums permitted from 1 January 2009. Had the Scheme been valued at 31 December 2008 using the projected unit method and the same
assumptions, the overall deficit would have been similar.

The Scheme has agreed a statement of funding principles with the principal employer and has also agreed a schedule of contributions
with participating employers covering normal contributions which are payable at a rate calculated to cover future service benefits under
the Scheme. The Scheme has also agreed a recovery plan with participating employers which sets out the basis for recovery of the deficit
shown by the 31 December 2008 valuation through the payment of quarterly additional contributions over the period from 1 January 2010
to 30 September 2018 after taking account of the additional contributions paid in 2009 under the 31 December 2005 valuation.

105

Notes to the consolidated financial
statements continued

37.  Pensions - continued

The normal contributions paid by the group in 2009 were £47,000 - $72,000 (2008: £67,000 - $ 123,000) and represented 24.9 per
cent  (2008:  24.9  per  cent)  of  pensionable  salaries.  The  additional  contribution  applicable  to  the  group  for  2009  was  £218,000  -
$333,000 (2008: £212,000 - $390,000). Under the valuation as at 31 December 2008 the normal contributions will be payable at the
rate of 23.4 per cent and the additional contribution for 2010 will rise to £219,000 - $354,000 and thereafter by 2.7 per cent per annum.
A liability of £1,737,000 - $2,805,000 (2008: £1,399,000 - $2,014,000) for these additional contributions adjusted for the time value of
money has been recognized under retirement benefit obligations (see note 28) with an equal charge to income.

In the year to 31 December 2009 the market value of the investments held by the Scheme have increased by over £2 million, which, if
the same assumptions had been applied to any valuation at that date, would have resulted in a significant decline in the deficit.

The company has a contingent liability for additional contributions payable by other (non-group) employers in the Scheme; such liability
will  only  arise  if  other  (non-group)  employers  do  not  pay  their  contributions.  There  is  no  expectation  of  this  at  the  present  time,  and,
therefore, no provision has been made.

38.  Related party transactions

Transactions between the company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation and are not
disclosed  in  this  note.  Transactions  between  the  company  and  its  subsidiaries  are  dealt  with  in  the  company’s  individual  financial
statements.  The remuneration of the directors, who are the key management personnel of the group, is set out below in aggregate for
each of the categories specified in IAS 24 “Related party disclosures”. Further information about the remuneration of, and fees paid in
respect of  services provided by, individual directors is provided in the audited part of the “Directors’ remuneration report”.

2009
$’000
877
48
–
–
–

925

2008
$’000
941
94
–
–
–

1,035

2009
Closing

2009
Average

9,400
1.615 

10,356
1.56

2008
Closing

10,950
1.44

2008
Average

9,757
1.84

Short term benefits
Post employment benefits
Other long term benefits
Termination benefits
Share based payments

39.  Rates of exchange

Indonesia rupiah to US dollar
US dollar to pound sterling

106

40.  Events after the reporting period

Dividends

An interim dividend of 2p per ordinary share in lieu of final in respect of the year ended 31 December 2009 was paid on 29 January
2010.  In accordance with IAS10 “Events after the reporting period” this dividend, amounting in aggregate to $1,054,000, has not been
reflected in these financial statements. 

Financing of coal operations

On 11 February 2010 the company issued $15 million nominal of further 7.5 per cent dollar notes 2012/14 (“additional dollar notes”)
and KCC Resources Limited (“KCC”), its wholly owned subsidiary, issued 150,000 redeemable participating preference shares of $10
each  (“KCC  participating  preference  shares”).  The  additional  dollar  notes  rank  pari  passu  with  and  form  a  single  issue  with  the
$30,000,000 nominal of 7.5 per cent dollar notes 2012/14 that were already in issue.

The KCC participating preference shares will provide a limited interest in certain defined coal operations of the group (the “relevant coal
operations”) such that, if the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation of the relevant coal operations over the four and
a half year period from 1 January 2010 to 30 June 2014 amount, in aggregate, to $36 million or more, the KCC participating preference
shares will be redeemable on 31 December 2014 at $44.70 per share.  If the required level of earnings is not achieved, then, except in
certain limited circumstances (such as divestment of all or a significant part of the relevant coal operations or a change of control of the
company), no dividends or other distributions will be paid or made on the KCC participating preference shares and after 31 December
2014 those shares will be converted into valueless deferred shares.

The $15 million gross proceeds of the issues are being applied by the group in funding its coal operations, with the coal operations
bearing the costs of the issue and utilising $4.5 million of the proceeds in repaying $4.5 million that had been previously advanced to
the coal operations by other group companies.

Exercise of director’s share option

On 1 February 2010 a director exercised an option to subscribe 840,689 ordinary shares in the company at a price of 43.753 pence,
following which the number of ordinary shares in issue amounts to 33,414,545.

41.  Contingent liabilities

Guarantee given by a subsidiary company

In  furtherance  of  Indonesian  government  policy  which  requires  the  owners  of  oil  palm  plantations  to  develop  smallholder  plantations,
during  2009  PT  REA  Kaltim  Plantations  (“REA  Kaltim”),  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  the  company,  entered  into  an  agreement  with
Kopersai Perkebuman Kahad Bersatu (the “cooperative”) to develop and manage 1,500 hectares of land owned by the cooperative as
an oil palm plantation.  To assist with the funding of such development, the cooperative concluded on 14 October 2009 a long term loan
agreement with Bank Pembanguan Daerah Kalimantan Timur (“Bank BPD”), a regional development bank, under which the cooperative
may borrow up to Indonesian rupiah 86.6 billion ($9.2 million) with amounts borrowed repayable over 15 years and secured on the land
to  be  developed  (“the  bank  facility”).    REA  Kaltim  has  guaranteed  the  obligations  of  the  cooperative  as  to  payments  of  principal  and
interest  under  the  bank  facility  and,  in  addition,  has  committed  to  lend  to  the  cooperative  any  further  funds  required  to  complete  the
agreed development.  REA Kaltim is entitled to a charge over the development when the bank facility has been repaid in full.

107

Notes to the consolidated financial
statements continued

41.  Contingent liabilities - continued

On maturity of the development, the cooperative is required to sell all crops from the development to REA Kaltim and to permit repayment
of indebtedness to Bank BPD and REA Kaltim out of the sales proceeds.

As at 31 December 2009 the outstanding balance owing by the cooperative to Bank BPD amounted to Indonesian rupiah 29 billion
($3,085,000) (2008: nil) and the outstanding balance owing by REA Kaltim to the cooperative amounted to Indonesian rupiah 7.8 billion
($829,000)  (2008:  nil).  The  latter  represented  the  unexpended  balance  of  drawings  to  date  under  the  facility  to  be  applied  for  the
purposes of the development. 

42.  Operating lease commitments

The group leases office premises under operating leases in London, Jakarta and Samarinda. These leases, which are renewable, run for

periods between 10 months and 26 months, and do not include contingent rentals, or options to purchase the properties.

The future minimum lease payments under operating leases are as follows:

Within one year
In the second to fifth year inclusive
After five years

2009
$’000
72
189
–

261

2008
$’000
72
233
–

305

108

Auditors’ report (company)

Independent auditors’ report to the members of R.E.A.
Holdings plc

Scope of the audit of the financial statements

An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts

We have audited the parent company financial statements

and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements  sufficient  to

of  R.E.A.  Holdings  plc  for  the  year  ended  31  December

give  reasonable  assurance  that  the  financial  statements

2009 which comprise the balance sheet, the movement in

are free from material misstatement, whether caused by

total  shareholders’  funds,  the  statement  of  total

fraud or error.  This includes an assessment of: whether

recognised gains and losses, the accounting policies and

the  accounting  policies  are  appropriate  to  the  parent

the  related  notes  (i)  to  (xiv).  The  financial  reporting

company’s  circumstances  and  have  been  consistently

framework  that  has  been  applied  in  their  preparation  is

applied and adequately disclosed; the reasonableness of

applicable 

law  and  United  Kingdom  Accounting

significant  accounting  estimates  made  by  the  directors;

Standards 

(United  Kingdom  Generally  Accepted

and the overall presentation of the financial statements.

Accounting Practice).

This report is made solely to the company’s members, as

a  body,  in  accordance  with  Chapter  3  of  Part  16  of  the

In our opinion the parent company financial statements:

Opinion on financial statements

Companies  Act  2006.    Our  audit  work  has  been

undertaken  so  that  we  might  state  to  the  company’s

members those matters we are required to state to them

in  an  auditors’  report  and  for  no  other  purpose.    To  the

fullest  extent  permitted  by  law,  we  do  not  accept  or

assume responsibility to anyone other than the company

and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work,

for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

•

•

•

give  a  true  and  fair  view  of  the  state  of  the  parent

company’s affairs as at 31 December 2009;

have  been  properly  prepared  in  accordance  with

United  Kingdom  Generally  Accepted  Accounting

Practice; and

have  been  prepared 

in  accordance  with  the

requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

Respective responsibilities of directors and auditors

As  explained  more  fully  in  the  statement  of  Directors’

responsibilities,  the  directors  are  responsible  for  the

Opinion  on  other  matters  prescribed  by 
Companies Act 2006

the

preparation  of  the  parent  company  financial  statements

In our opinion:

and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view.

Our responsibility is to audit the parent company financial

statements  in  accordance  with  applicable  law  and

International  Standards  on  Auditing  (UK  and  Ireland).

Those  standards  require  us  to  comply  with  the  Auditing

•

•

the  part  of  the  Directors’  remuneration  report  to  be

audited  has  been  properly  prepared  in  accordance

with the Companies Act 2006; and

the information given in the Directors’ report for the

Practices Board’s (APB’s) Ethical Standards for Auditors.

financial year for which the financial statements are

prepared  is  consistent  with  the  parent  company

financial statements.

109

Auditors’ report (company) continued

Matters  on  which  we  are  required  to  report  by
exception

We  have  nothing  to  report  in  respect  of  the  following

matters  where  the  Companies  Act  2006  requires  us  to

report to you if, in our opinion:

•

adequate accounting records have not been kept by

the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit

have not been received from branches not visited by

us; or

•

the parent company financial statements and the part

of  the  Directors’  remuneration  report  to  be  audited

are not in agreement with the accounting records and

returns; or

•

•

certain  disclosures  of  directors’  remuneration

specified by law are not made; or

we  have  not  received  all  the  information  and

explanations we require for our audit.

Other matter

We  have  reported  separately  on  the  group  financial

statements of R.E.A. Holdings plc for the year ended 31

December 2009.

Clive Bouch (Senior Statutory Auditor)

for and on behalf of Deloitte LLP

Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 

London, England

27 April 2010

110

Company balance sheet

as at 31 December 2009

Fixed and non-current assets
Investments
Tangible fixed assets
Deferred tax asset

Current assets
Debtors
Cash 

Total current assets
Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

Net current (liabilities) / assets

Note

(i)
(ii)
(vi)

(iii)

(iv)

2009
£’000

62,165
84
989

63,238

437
2,486

2,923
(4,737)

(1,814)

2008
£’000

58,932
99
371

59,402

1,118
5,633

6,751
(1,213)

5,538

Total assets less current liabilities

61,424

64,940

Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year
US dollar notes
Provision for liabilities and charges

Net assets

(v)
(vi)

(18,375)
(77)

(20,576)
(75)

42,972

44,289

Capital and reserves
Share capital
Share premium account
Exchange reserve
Profit and loss account

Total shareholders’ funds

(vii)
(viii)
(viii)
(viii)

24,536
14,659
181
3,596

42,972

23,046
14,675
181
6,387

44,289

Approved by the board on 27 April 2010 and signed on behalf of the board.

RICHARD M ROBINOW

Chairman

111

Movement in total shareholders’
funds

for the year ended 31 December 2009

Total recognised (losses) / gains for the year

Dividends to preference shareholders

Dividends to ordinary shareholders

Issue of new preference shares by way of placing

Issue costs of ordinary shares, preference shares and debt securities

Shareholders' funds at beginning of year

Shareholders' funds at end of year

2009
£’000

2008
£’000

(290)

(1,361)

(1,140)

1,490

(16)

575

(1,283)

(814)

–

(27)

(1,317)

(1,549)

44,289

42,972

45,838

44,289

Statement of total recognised gains and
losses

for the year ended 31 December 2009

(Loss)/profit for the year

Share based payment - deferred tax credit / (charge) 

Currency translation loss taken direct to reserves

2009
£’000

(767)

477

–

(290)

2008
£’000

1,392

(785)

(32)

575

112

Accounting policies (company)

Accounting convention

Taxation  

Separate financial statements of R.E.A. Holdings plc (the
“company”) are required by the Companies Act 2006; as
permitted  by  that  act  they  have  been  prepared  in
accordance with generally accepted accounting practice
in  the  United  Kingdom  (“UK  GAAP”).    The  principal
accounting  policies  have  been  applied  consistently  and
are unchanged from the previous year.  

The  accompanying  financial  statements  have  been
prepared under the historical cost convention. 

By virtue of section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the
company is exempted from presenting a profit and loss
account.  Equally,  no  cash  flow  statement  has  been
prepared,  as  permitted  by  FRS  1  (revised  1996)  “Cash
flow statements”.

Current tax including UK corporation tax and foreign tax
is  provided  at  amounts  expected  to  be  paid  (or
recovered) using the tax rates and laws that have been
enacted  or  substantially  enacted  by  the  balance  sheet
date.  Deferred tax is calculated on the liability method.
Deferred  tax  is  provided  on  a  non  discounted  basis  on
timing  and  other  differences  which  are  expected  to
reverse, at the rate of tax likely to be in force at the time
of  reversal.    Deferred  tax  is  not  provided  on  timing
differences  which,  in  the  opinion  of  the  directors,  will
probably not reverse.  

Deferred  tax  assets  are  only  recognised  to  the  extent
that it is regarded as more likely than not that there will
be suitable taxable profits from which the future reversal
of timing differences can be deducted. 

Investments  

Tangible fixed assets  

The company’s investments in its subsidiaries are stated
at  cost  less  any  provision  for  impairment.  Impairment
provisions  are  charged  to  the  profit  and  loss  account.
Dividends  declared  by  subsidiaries  are  credited  to  the
company's profit and loss account.     

Foreign exchange  

Tangible  fixed  assets  are  stated  at  cost,  net  of
depreciation and provision for impairment.  Depreciation
is provided on all tangible fixed assets at rates calculated
to  write  off  the  cost,  less  estimated  residual  value,  of
each  asset  on  a  straight  line  basis  over  its  expected
useful life as follows: land and buildings (short leasehold)
- 10 years, and fixtures and fittings - 5 years.

Leases

No assets are held under finance leases.  Rentals under
operating leases are charged to profit and loss account
on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Transactions  in  foreign  currencies  are  recorded  at  the
rates  of  exchange  at  the  dates  of  the  transactions.
Monetary  assets  and  liabilities  denominated  in  foreign
currencies at the balance sheet date are reported at the
rates  of  exchange  prevailing  at  that  date.    Differences
arising on the translation of foreign currency borrowings
have been offset against those arising on an equivalent
amount of investment in the equity of, or loans to, foreign
subsidiaries  and  taken  to  reserves,  net  of  any  related
taxation. All other exchange differences are included in
the profit and loss account.    

113

Notes to the company financial
statements

(i)  Investments 

Shares in subsidiaries
Loans to subsidiaries

Beginning of year
Additions to shares in and loans to subsidiaries
Exchange translation difference arising on foreign currency hedge

End of year

2009
£’000
26,446
35,719

62,165

2008
£’000
27,876
31,056

58,932

£’000
58,932
5,490
(2,257)

62,165

The principal subsidiaries at the year end, together with their countries of incorporation, are listed below.  Details of dormant subsidiaries
and UK subsidiary sub-holding companies are not shown.  

Subsidiary

Activity

Makassar Investments Limited (Jersey)
PT Cipta Davia Mandiri (Indonesia)
PT Kartanegara Kumala Sakti (Indonesia)
PT KCC Mining Services (Indonesia)
PT Kutai Mitra Sejahtera (Indonesia)
PT Putra Bongan Jaya (Indonesia)
PT REA Kaltim Plantations (Indonesia)
PT Sasana Yudha Bhakti (Indonesia)
REA Finance B.V. (Netherlands)
R.E.A. Services Limited (England and Wales)

Sub holding company
Plantation agriculture
Plantation agriculture
Coal mining
Plantation agriculture
Plantation agriculture
Plantation agriculture
Plantation agriculture
Group finance
Group services

Class of
shares

Percentage
owned

Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

100
95
95
95
95
95
100
95
100
100

The entire shareholdings in Makassar Investments Limited, R.E.A. Services Limited and REA Finance B.V. are held direct by the company.
All other shareholdings are held by subsidiaries.  

(ii)  Tangible fixed assets 

Cost:
Beginning of year
Additions

End of year

Accumulated depreciation:
Beginning of year
Charge for year

End of year

Carrying amount:
End of year

Beginning of year

114

Land and buildings Fixtures and
fittings
£‘000

(short leasehold)
£’000

89
3

92

17
9

26

66

72

45
–

45

18
9

27

18

27

Total

£‘000

134
3

137

35
18

53

84

99

(iii)  Debtors 

Trade debtors
Amount owing by group undertakings
Other debtors
Prepayments and accrued income

(iv)  Creditors: amounts falling due within one year 

Amount owing to group undertakings
Other creditors
Accruals

(v)  Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year

US dollar notes:
Amounts due between two and five years
Amounts due after five years

2009
£’000
1
398
31
7

437

2009
£’000
4,199
49
489

4,737

2009
£’000

18,375
–

18,375

2008
£’000
11
1,011
35
61

1,118

2008
£’000
810
62
341

1,213

2008
£’000

13,717
6,859

20,576

The US dollar notes comprise US$30 million (2008: US$30 million) nominal of 7.5 per cent dollar notes 2012/14 issued by the company
(“US dollar notes”) and are stated net of the unamortised balance of the issuance costs.  Unless previously redeemed or purchased and
cancelled by the company, the notes are redeemable in three equal annual instalments commencing on 31 December 2012. 

As disclosed in note (ix), the company’s US dollar notes are designated as a hedge against the exchange translation exposure in respect
of an equivalent amount of the company’s investment in subsidiaries whose functional currency is the US dollar. 

Pursuant to a supplemental rights agreement dated 23 January 2006 between the company and holders of $19 million nominal of US
dollar notes, those holders have the right, exercisable under certain limited circumstances, to require the company to purchase the US
dollar notes held by them at a price equal to the aggregate of the nominal amount of the notes being purchased and any interest accrued
thereon up to the date of completion of the purchase.  Such circumstances include a material disposal of assets by the group or a person
or group of persons acting in concert obtaining the right to exercise more than 50 per cent of the votes that may generally be cast at a
general meeting of the company.

Details of a further issue of US dollar notes after the balance sheet date are given in note (xiv).

115

Notes to the company financial
statements continued

(vi)  Deferred tax asset and provision for liabilities and charges

Deferred tax:
Beginning of year
Net amount (credited) / debited to profit and loss account
Net amount (credited) / debited to reserves

End of year

Included in provisions for liabilities and charges
Included in non-current assets

Net deferred tax asset at end of year

The provision for deferred tax is made up as follows:
Timing differences
Tax losses available

Undiscounted deferred tax

2009
£’000

(296)
(139)
(477)

(912)

77
(989)

(912)

77
(989)

(912)

2008
£’000

(1,720)
652
772

(296)

75
(371)

(296)

75
(371)

(296)

At the balance sheet date, the company had unused tax losses available to be applied against future profits amounting to £3.5 million
(2008: £1.3 million). A deferred tax asset of £989,000 (2008: £371,000) has been recognised in respect of these losses.

(vii)  Share capital

Authorised:
17,500,000 - 9 per cent cumulative preference shares of £1 each (2008: 17,500,000)
41,000,000 - ordinary shares of 25p each (2008: 41,000,000)

Called-up and fully paid:
16,392,954 - 9 per cent cumulative preference shares of £1 each (2007: 14,902,954)
32,573,856 - ordinary shares of 25p each (2008: 32,573,856)

2009
£’000

17,500
10,250

27,750

16,393
8,143

24,536

2008
£’000

17,500
10,250

27,750

14,903
8,143

23,046

The preference shares entitle the holders thereof to payment, out of the profits of the company available for distribution and resolved to
be distributed, of a fixed cumulative preferential dividend of 9 per cent per annum on the nominal value of the shares and to repayment,
on a winding up of the company, of the amount paid up on the preference shares and any arrears of the fixed dividend in priority to any
distribution on the ordinary shares.  Subject to the rights of the holders of preference shares, holders of ordinary shares are entitled to
share equally with each other in any dividend paid on the ordinary share capital and, on a winding up of the company, in any surplus assets
available for distribution among the members.

Changes in share capital:

•

on 6 November 2009, 1,490,000 9 per cent cumulative preference shares were issued, credited as fully paid,  by way of a placing
at par plus an amount equal to the accrued but unpaid dividend entitlement of 3.18 pence relating to the period before issue.

Details of a director’s share options are disclosed in the audited part of the directors’ remuneration report, as required by FRS 20 “Share
based payments”.

116

(viii)  Movement in reserves

Beginning of year 
Dividends to preference shareholders 
Dividends to ordinary shareholders 
Expenses of issue 
Retained loss for the year

End of year

Share
premium
account
£’000
14,675
–
–
(16)
–

14,659

Exchange
reserve

£’000
181
–
–
–
–

181

Profit
and loss
account
£’000
6,387
(1,361)
(1,140)
–
(290)

3,596

As permitted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, a separate profit and loss account dealing with the results of the company has
not  been  presented.  The  loss  before  dividends  recognised  in  the  company's  profit  and  loss  account  is  £767,000  (2008:  profit
£1,392,000).

(ix)  Financial instruments and risks

Financial instruments

The company’s financial instruments comprise borrowings, cash and liquid resources and in addition certain debtors and trade creditors
that arise from its operations.  The main purpose of these financial instruments is to raise finance for, and facilitate the conduct of, the
company’s operations.  The table below provides an analysis of the book and fair values of financial instruments excluding debtors and
creditors at balance sheet date.

Cash and deposits
US dollar notes 

Net debt 

2009
Book value
£’000
2,486
(18,375)

2009
Fair value
£’000
2,486
(16,718)

2008
Book value
£’000
5,633
(20,576)

2008 
Fair value
£’000
5,633
(15,104)

(15,889)

(14,232)

(14,943)

(9,471)

The fair value of the US dollar notes reflects the mid market price at the reporting date (2008: the last price at which transactions in those
notes were effected prior to 31 December 2008).  

Risks

The main risks arising from the company’s financial instruments are liquidity risk, interest rate risk and foreign currency risk.  The board
reviews and agrees policies for managing each of these risks.  These policies have remained unchanged since the beginning of the year.
It is, and was throughout the year, the company’s policy that no trading in financial instruments be undertaken.  

The company finances its operations through a mixture of share capital, retained profits, borrowings in US dollars at fixed rates and credit
from  suppliers.    At  31  December  2009,  the  company  had  outstanding  US$30  million  of  7.5  per  cent  dollar  notes  2012/14.    In
accordance with a decision of the board of the company at the time of issue of the first tranche of these notes, such notes are treated
as a currency hedge against the company’s long term loans to subsidiaries (which are denominated in US dollars) and the additional
investment in Makassar Investments Limited that was acquired during 2006 for a consideration of US$19 million. The company’s policy
towards currency risk is not to cover the long-term exposure in respect of its investment in subsidiaries (whose operations are mainly
conducted  in  US dollars)  to  the  extent  that  this  exposure  relates  to  the  component  of  investment  that  is  financed  with  sterling
denominated equity. 

117

Notes to the company financial
statements continued

(ix)  Financial instruments and risks - continued

A limited degree of interest rate risk is accepted.  A substantial proportion of the company’s financial instruments at 31 December 2009
carried interest at fixed rates and, on the basis of the company’s analysis, it is estimated that a rise of one percentage point in all interest
rates would give rise to an increase of approximately £25,000 (2008: £52,000) in the company’s interest revenues in its profit and loss
account.

(x)  Pensions

The  company  is  the  principal  employer  in  the  R.E.A.  Pension  Scheme  (the  “Scheme”)  and  a  subsidiary  company  is  a  participating
employer. The Scheme, which has participating employers outside the R.E.A Holdings plc group,   is a multi-employer contributory defined
benefit scheme with assets held in a trustee-administered fund. The Scheme is closed to new members.

As the Scheme is a multi-employer scheme, in which the employer is unable to identify its share of the underlying assets and liabilities
(because there is no segregation of the assets) and does not prepare valuations on an FRS 17 “Retirement Benefits” basis, the company
accounts for the Scheme as if it were a defined contribution scheme. 

The subsidiary company that is a participating employer and other participating employers in the scheme have entered into an agreement
with the Scheme to make special contributions to the Scheme to cover any deficit. The company made no payments to the Scheme in
2009  (2008:  £nil).  The  company  has  a  contingent  liability  for  special  contributions  payable  by  other  participating  employers  in  the
Scheme; such liability will only arise if such other participating employers do not pay their contributions. There is no expectation of this
at the present time and, therefore, no provision has been made by the company.

A non-FRS 17 valuation of the Scheme was last prepared, using the attained age method, as at 31 December 2008. This is considered
to be the most appropriate method of calculating contributions to cover future service benefits at 31 December 2008 as the Scheme is
closed to new entrants. Had the Scheme been valued at 31 December 2008 using the projected unit method and the same assumptions,
the overall deficit would have been similar. The principal actuarial assumptions adopted in this valuation were an annual investment return
of 5.85 per cent pre-retirement and 4.92 per cent post-retirement, an annual increase in pensionable salaries of 3.75 per cent and an
annual increase in present and future pensions of 3.0 per cent. The rate of increase in the retail price index was assumed to be 3.0 per
cent. It was further assumed that both non-retired and retired members’ mortality would reflect PNA00 Ic YOB tables, with males at min
0.75 per cent 110 percent and females at min 0.5 per cent 110 per cent. The valuation at 31 December 2008 showed an overall shortfall
in assets (deficit), when measured against the Scheme’s technical provisions, of £3,579,000. This is applicable to all participants and is
being funded by additional deficit funding contributions by participating employers over the period to 30 September 2018, as agreed with
the Scheme trustee.

(xi)  Related party transactions

Aggregate directors’ remuneration:
Salaries and fees
Benefits
Annual bonus
Gains on exercise of share options

2009
£’000

2008
£’000

562
30
–
–

592

467
42
–
–

509

During 2009 and 2008, there were service arrangements with companies connected with certain directors as detailed under “Directors’
remuneration” in the “Directors’ remuneration report”, the costs of which are included in the table above.

118

(xii)  Rates of exchange

See note 39 to the consolidated financial statements.

(xiii)  Contingent liabilities and commitments

Sterling notes

The company has guaranteed the obligations for both principal and interest relating to the outstanding £37 million (2008: £37 million)
9.5 per cent guaranteed sterling notes 2015/17 issued by REA Finance B.V..  The directors consider that the risk of loss to the company
from this guarantee to be remote.

Bank borrowings

The company has given, in the ordinary course of business, guarantees in support of the borrowings by certain subsidiaries from and
other contracts with banks (including cross currency interest rate swaps) amounting in aggregate to £49 million.  The directors consider
that the risk of loss to the company from these guarantees to be remote.

Pension liability

The company’s contingent liability for pension contributions is disclosed in note (x) above.

Operating leases

The company has annual commitments under a non-cancellable operating lease which can be terminated during 2012 of £101,000
(2008 £101,000). The lease does not contain any contingent rentals or an option to purchase the property; the lease is renewable.

(xiv)  Post balance sheet events

Dividends

An interim dividend of 2p per ordinary share in lieu of final in respect of the year ended 31 December 2009 was paid on 29 January
2010.  In accordance with IAS10 “Events after the reporting period” this dividend, amounting in aggregate to £651,000, has not been
reflected in these financial statements. 

Financing of coal operations

On 11 February 2010 the company issued $15 million nominal of further 7.5 per cent dollar notes 2012/14 (“additional dollar notes”)
and KCC Resources Limited (“KCC”), its wholly owned subsidiary, issued 150,000 redeemable participating preference shares of $10
each  (“KCC  participating  preference  shares”).  The  additional  dollar  notes  rank  pari  passu  with  and  form  a  single  issue  with  the
$30,000,000 nominal of 7.5 per cent dollar notes 2012/14 that were already in issue.

119

Notes to the company financial
statements continued

(xiv)  Post balance sheet events - continued

The KCC participating preference shares will provide a limited interest in certain defined coal operations of the group (the “relevant coal
operations”) such that, if the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation of the relevant coal operations over the four and
a half year period from 1 January 2010 to 30 June 2014 amount, in aggregate, to $36 million or more, the KCC participating preference
shares will be redeemable on 31 December 2014 at $44.70 per share.  If the required level of earnings is not achieved, then, except in
certain limited circumstances (such as divestment of all or a significant part of the relevant coal operations or a change of control of the
company), no dividends or other distributions will be paid or made on the KCC participating preference shares and after 31 December
2014 those shares will be converted into valueless deferred shares.

The $15 million gross proceeds of the issues are being applied by the group in funding its coal operations, with the coal operations
bearing the costs of the issue and utilising $4.5 million of the proceeds in repaying $4.5 million that had been previously advanced to
the coal operations by other group companies.

Exercise of director’s share option

On 1 February 2010 a director exercised an option to subscribe 840,689 ordinary shares in the company at a price of 43.753 pence,
following which the number of ordinary shares in issue at the date of this report amounts to 33,414,545.

120

Notice of annual general meeting

This  notice  is  important  and  requires  your  immediate
attention.  If you are in any doubt as to what action to
take,  you  should  consult  an  independent  professional
adviser  authorised  under  the  Financial  Services  and
Markets  Act  2000  if  you  are  resident  in  the  United
Kingdom  or,  if  you  are  not  so  resident,  another
appropriately  authorised  independent  adviser.    If  you
have  sold  or  otherwise  transferred  all  your  ordinary
shares  in  R.E.A.  Holdings  plc,  please  forward  this
document  and  the  accompanying  form  of  proxy  to  the
person through whom the sale or transfer was effected,
for transmission to the purchaser or transferee.

Notice is hereby given that the fiftieth annual general meeting of
the company will be held at the London office of Ashurst LLP at
Broadwalk  House,  5  Appold  Street,  London  EC2A  2HA  on  8
June 2010 at 10.00 am to consider and, if thought fit, to pass
the  following  resolutions.    Resolutions  13  and  14  will  be
proposed  as  special  resolutions;  all  other  resolutions  will  be
proposed as ordinary resolutions.

1 To receive the company's annual accounts for the financial
year ended 31 December 2009, together with the directors'
report,  the  directors'  remuneration  report  and  the  auditors'
report.  

2 To  approve  the  directors'  remuneration  report  for  the

financial year ended 31 December 2009.

3 To re-elect as a director Mr R M Robinow, who, having been
a non-executive director for more than nine years, retires as
required  by  the  Combined  Code  on  Corporate  Governance
and submits himself for re-election.

4 To  re-elect  as  a  director  Mr  J  M  Green-Armytage,  who,
having  been  a  non-  executive  director  for  more  than  nine
years,  retires  as  required  by  the  Combined  Code  on
Corporate Governance and submits himself for re-election.

5 To re-elect as a director Mr J R M Keatley, who, having been
a non-executive director for more than nine years, retires as
required  by  the  Combined  Code  on  Corporate  Governance
and submits himself for re-election. 

6 To re-elect as a director Mr D H R Killick, who, having been
a  director  at  each  of  the  two  preceding  annual  general
meetings and who was not re-appointed by the company in

general meeting at or since either of such meetings, retires
in accordance with article 105 of the company's articles of
association and submits himself for re-election.

7 To re-elect as a director Mr L E C Letts, who, having been a
non-executive  director  for  more  than  nine  years,  retires  as
required  by  the  Combined  Code  on  Corporate  Governance
and submits himself for re-election.

8 To  re-appoint  Deloitte  LLP,  chartered  accountants,  as
auditors of the company to hold office until the conclusion of
the  next  annual  general  meeting  of  the  company  at  which
accounts are laid before the meeting.

9 To  authorise  the  directors  to  fix  the  remuneration  of  the

auditors.

10 That the authorised share capital of the company (being the
maximum  amount  of  shares  in  the  capital  of  the  company
that the company may allot) be and is hereby increased from
the  creation  of
£27,750,000 
10,000,000 9 per cent cumulative preference shares of £1
each ranking pari passu in all respects with the existing 9 per
cent cumulative preference shares of £1 each in the capital
of the company.

to  £37,750,000  by 

11 That  the  directors  be  and  are  hereby  generally  and
unconditionally authorised for the purposes of section 551
of  the  Companies  Act  2006  (the  “Act”)  to  exercise  all  the
powers  of  the  company  to  allot,  and  to  grant  rights  to
subscribe  for  or  to  convert  any  security  into,  shares  in  the
capital  of  the  company  (other  than  9  per  cent  cumulative
preference  shares)  up  to  an  aggregate  nominal  amount
(calculated, in the case of the grant of rights to subscribe for,
or  to  convert  any  security  into,  shares  in  the  capital  of  the
company, in accordance with sub-section (6) of section 551
of the Act) of £2,784,545;  such authorisation to expire at
the  conclusion  of  the  next  annual  general  meeting  of  the
company  (or,  if  earlier,  on  30  June  2011),  save  that  the
company  may  before  such  expiry  make  any  offer  or
agreement  which  would  or  might  require  shares  to  be
allotted,  or  rights  to  be  granted,  after  such  expiry  and  the
directors may allot shares, or grant rights to subscribe for or
to convert any security into shares, in pursuance of any such
offer or agreement as if the authorisations conferred hereby
had not expired.  

121

Notice of annual general meeting continued

the directors may consider necessary or appropriate to
deal with fractional entitlements, treasury shares (other
than treasury shares being sold), record dates or legal,
regulatory or practical difficulties which may arise under
the  laws  of  any  territory  or  the  requirements  of  any
regulatory body or stock exchange in any territory; or

(ii) otherwise than as specified at (i) above, to the allotment
of equity securities and the sale of treasury shares up to
an aggregate nominal amount (calculated, in the case of
the  grant  of  rights  to  subscribe  for,  or  convert  any
security  into,  shares  in  the  capital  of  the  company,  in
accordance  with  sub-section  (6)  of  section  551  of  the
Act) of £417,681 

and shall expire at the conclusion of the next annual general
meeting  of  the  company  (or,  if  earlier,  on  30  June  2011),
save  that  the  company  may  before  such  expiry  make  any
offer  or  agreement  that  would  or  might  require  equity
securities to be allotted, or treasury shares to be sold, after
such  expiry  and  the  directors  may  allot  equity  securities  or
sell  treasury  shares,  in  pursuance  of  any  such  offer  or
agreement as if the power conferred hereby had not expired. 

14 That a general meeting of the company other than an annual
general  meeting  may  be  called  on  not  less  than  14  clear
days' notice.

By order of the board
R.E.A. SERVICES LIMITED
Secretary
27 April 2010

Registered office:
First Floor
32 – 36 Great Portland Street
London W1W 8QX

Registered in England and Wales no: 00671099

12 That  the  directors  be  and  are  hereby  generally  and
unconditionally authorised for the purposes of section 551
of  the  Companies  Act  2006  (the  “Act”)  to  exercise  all  the
powers  of  the  company  to  allot,  and  to  grant  rights  to
subscribe  for  or  to  convert  any  security  into,  9  per  cent
cumulative preference shares in the capital of the company
(“preference shares”) up to an aggregate nominal amount of
£11,107,046, such authorisation to expire at the conclusion
of  the  next  annual  general  meeting  of  the  company  (or,  if
earlier,  on  30  June  2011),  save  that  the  company  may
before  such  expiry  make  any  offer  or  agreement  which
would  or  might  require  preference  shares  to  be  allotted  or
rights to be granted, after such expiry and the directors may
allot preference shares, or grant rights to subscribe for or to
convert any security into preference shares, in pursuance of
any  such  offer  or  agreement  as  if  the  authorisations
conferred hereby had not expired.

13 That, subject to the passing of resolution 11 set out in the
notice of the 2010 annual general meeting of the company
(the “2010 Notice”), the directors be and are hereby given
power:

(a) for the purposes of section 570 of the Companies Act
2006 (the “Act”), to allot equity securities (as defined in
sub-section  (1)  of  section  560  of  the  Act)  of  the
company  for  cash  pursuant  to  the  authorisation
conferred by resolution 11 set out in the 2010 Notice;
and

(b) for  the  purposes  of  section  573  of  the  Act,  to  sell
ordinary shares (as defined in sub-section (1) of section
560 of the Act) in the capital of the company held by the
company as treasury shares for cash 

as if section 561 of the Act did not apply to the allotment or
sale, provided that such powers shall be limited:

(i)

to the allotment of equity securities in connection with a
rights issue or open offer in favour of holders of ordinary
shares and to the sale of treasury shares by way of an
invitation  made  by  way  of  rights  to  holders  of  ordinary
shares,  in  each  case  in  proportion  (as  nearly  as
practicable)  to  the  respective  numbers  of  ordinary
shares held by them on the record date for participation
in the rights issue, open offer or invitation but subject in
each case to such exclusions or other arrangements as

122

Notes

The  sections  of  the  accompanying  Directors'  report
entitled  “Increase  in  share  capital”,  “Authorities  to
issue share capital”, “Powers to issue share capital and
sell  treasury  shares”,  “General  meeting  notice  period”
and “Recommendation” contain information regarding,
and recommendations by the board of the company as
to voting on, resolutions 10 to 14 set out in the above
notice.

Pursuant  to  regulation  41  of  the  Uncertificated  Securities
Regulations  2010  and  section  360B  of  the  Companies  Act
2006,  the  company  specifies  that  in  order  to  have  the  right  to
attend and vote at the annual general meeting (and also for the
purpose  of  determining  how  many  votes  a  person  entitled  to
attend  and  vote  may  cast),  a  person  must  be  entered  on  the
register of members of the company at 6.00 pm on 6 June 2010
or, in the event of any adjournment, at 6.00 pm on the date which
is two days before the day of the adjourned meeting.  Changes
to  entries  on  the  register  of  members  after  this  time  shall  be
disregarded in determining the rights of any person to attend or
vote at the meeting.

Only holders of ordinary shares are entitled to attend and vote at
the  annual  general  meeting.    A  holder  of  ordinary  shares  may
appoint another person as that holder’s proxy to exercise all or
any of the holder’s rights to attend, speak and vote at the annual
general meeting.  A holder of ordinary shares may appoint more
than  one  proxy  in  relation  to  the  meeting  provided  that  each
proxy is appointed to exercise the rights attached to (a) different
share(s) held by the holder.  A proxy need not be a member of
the company.  A form of proxy for the meeting is enclosed.  To be
valid, forms of proxy and other written instruments appointing a
proxy  must  be  received  by  post  or  by  hand  (during  normal
business  hours  only)  by  the  company’s  registrars,  Capita
Registrars, by no later than 10.00 am on 6 June 2010. 

Alternatively,  appointment  of  a  proxy  may  be  submitted
electronically  by  using  either  Capita  Registrars'  share  portal
service  at  www.capitashareportal.com  (and  so  that  the
appointment is received by the service by no later than 10.00 am
on  6  June  2010)  or  the  CREST  electronic  proxy  appointment
service as described below.  Shareholders who have not already
registered for Capita Registrars' share portal service may do so
by registering as a new user at www.capitashareportal.com and
giving the investor code shown on the enclosed proxy form (as
also shown on their share certificate). 

Completion  of  a  form  of  proxy,  or  other  written  instrument
appointing  a  proxy,  or  any  appointment  of  a  proxy  submitted
electronically, will not preclude a holder of ordinary shares from
attending and voting in person at the annual general meeting if
such holder wishes to do so.

CREST  members  may  register  the  appointment  of  a  proxy  or
proxies for the annual general meeting and any adjournment(s)
thereof through the CREST electronic proxy appointment service
by  using  the  procedures  described  in  the  CREST  Manual
(available  via  www.euroclear.com/CREST).  CREST  personal
members  or  other  CREST  sponsored  members,  and  those
CREST  members  who  have  appointed  (a)  voting  service
provider(s), should refer to their CREST sponsor or voting service
provider(s),  who  will  be  able  to  take  the  appropriate  action  on
their behalf.

In order for a proxy appointment or instruction regarding a proxy
appointment made or given using the CREST service to be valid,
the appropriate CREST message (a “CREST proxy instruction”)
must  be  properly  authenticated  in  accordance  with  the
specifications of Euroclear UK and Ireland Limited (“Euroclear”)
and  must  contain  the  required  information  as  described  in  the
CREST Manual (available via www.euroclear.com/CREST).  The
CREST proxy instruction, regardless of whether it constitutes a
proxy appointment or an instruction to amend a previous  proxy
appointment, must, in order to be valid be transmitted so as to be
received by the company’s registrars (ID: RA10) by 10.00 am on
6 June 2010.  For this purpose, the time of receipt will be taken
to be the time (as determined by the time stamp applied to the
message  by  the  CREST  applications  host)  from  which  the
company’s registrars are able to retrieve the message by enquiry
to  CREST  in  the  manner  prescribed  by  CREST.    The  company
may  treat  as  invalid  a  CREST  proxy  instruction  in  the
circumstances  set  out 
the
Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001.  

in  Regulation  35(5)(a)  of 

CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors
or voting service provider(s) should note that Euroclear does not
make  available  special  procedures  in  CREST  for  particular
messages.  Normal system timings and limitations will therefore
apply in relation to the input of CREST proxy instructions. It is the
responsibility of the CREST member concerned to take (or, if the
CREST  member  is  a  CREST  personal  member  or  sponsored
member  or  has  appointed  (a)  voting  service  provider(s),  to
procure  that  such  member’s  CREST  sponsor  or  voting  service
provider(s) take(s)) such action as shall be necessary to ensure
that a message is transmitted by means of the CREST system by

123

Notice of annual general meeting continued

Under  section  527  of  the  Companies  Act  2006,  members
meeting the threshold requirements set out in that section have
the  right  to  require  the  company  to  publish  on  a  website  (in
accordance  with  section  528  of  the  Companies  Act  2006)  a
statement setting out any matter that the members propose to
raise  at  the  relevant  annual  general  meeting  relating  to  (i)  the
audit of the company's annual accounts that are to be laid before
the  annual  general  meeting  (including  the  auditors’  report  and
the conduct of the audit); or (ii) any circumstance connected with
an auditor of the company having ceased to hold office since the
last annual general meeting of the company.  The company may
not  require  the  members  requesting  any  such  website
publication to pay its expenses in complying with section 527 or
section 528 of the Companies Act 2006.  Where the company
is required to place a statement on a website under section 527
of the Companies Act 2006, it must forward the statement to the
company's auditors by not later than the time when it makes the
statement available on the website.  The business which may be
dealt with at the annual general meeting includes any statement
that  the  company  has  been  required  under  section  527  of  the
Companies Act 2006 to publish on a website.

As  at  the  date  of  this  notice,  the  issued  share  capital  of  the
company  comprises  33,414,545  ordinary  shares  and
16,392,954  9  per  cent  cumulative  preference  shares.    Only
holders  of  ordinary  shares  (and  their  proxies)  are  entitled  to
attend and vote at the annual general meeting.  Accordingly, the
voting rights attaching to shares of the company exercisable in
respect of each of the resolutions to be proposed at the annual
general meeting total 33,414,545 as at the date of this notice.

Shareholders  may  not  use  any  electronic  address  (within  the
meaning  of  section  333(4)  of  the  Companies  Act  2006)
provided in this notice (or any other related document including
the  form  of  proxy)  to  communicate  with  the  company  for  any
purposes other than those expressly stated.

any  particular  time.    In  this  connection,  CREST  members  and,
where  applicable,  their  CREST  sponsors  or  voting  service
provider(s)  are  referred,  in  particular,  to  those  sections  of  the
CREST  Manual  concerning  practical  limitations  of  the  CREST
system and timings.

The rights of members in relation to the appointment of proxies
described  above  do  not  apply  to  persons  nominated  under
section  146  of  the  Companies  Act  2006  to  enjoy  information
rights (“nominated persons”) but a nominated person may have a
right,  under  an  agreement  with  the  member  by  whom  such
person  was  nominated,  to  be  appointed  (or  to  have  someone
else appointed) as a proxy for the annual general meeting.  If a
nominated person has no such right or does not wish to exercise
it,  such  person  may  have  a  right,  under  such  an  agreement,  to
give  instructions  to  the  member  as  to  the  exercise  of  voting
rights.

Any  corporation  which  is  a  member  can  appoint  one  or  more
corporate representatives who may exercise on its behalf all of
its  powers  as  a  member  provided  that  they  do  not  do  so  in
relation to the same shares.

Any member attending the annual general meeting has the right
to ask questions.  The company must cause to be answered any
such  question  relating  to  the  business  being  dealt  with  at  the
meeting but no such answer need be given if (a) to do so would
interfere unduly with the preparation for the meeting or involve
the  disclosure  of  confidential  information,  (b)  the  answer  has
already been given on a website in the  form of an answer to a
question, or (c) it is undesirable in the interests of the company
or the good order of the meeting that the question be answered.

Copies  of  letters  setting  out  the  terms  and  conditions  of
appointment  of  non-executive  directors  are  available  for
inspection  at  the  company's  registered  office  during  normal
business hours from the date of this notice until the close of the
annual general meeting (Saturdays, Sundays and public holidays
excepted) and will be available for inspection at the place of the
annual  general  meeting  for  at  least  15  minutes  prior  to  and
during the meeting. 

A copy of this notice, and other information required by section
311A  of  the  Companies  Act  2006,  may  be  found  on  the
company's website www.rea.co.uk.

124